choksi colours pvt. ltd....

Final Environmental Impact Assessment

Report

of

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II)

Survey No. 85/B, ECP Canal Road,

At & P: Karakhadi, Tal. Padra,

Dist. Vadodara, Gujarat

for

Proposed Expansion of Various Pigments Manufacturing

(from 100 MT/month to 1400 MT/month)

Project Activity: 5(f), Category: A

ToR no. J-11011/179/2017-IA-II(I)

Prepared by

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd.

(NABET Accreditation No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0084; Valid till 23.12.2019)

424, Medicine Market, Paldi Cross Road, Ahmedabad-380006, Gujarat

Email: [email protected]

(December, 2018)

mailto:[email protected]

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad

Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) I

Contents

Particulars Page No.

Index I

List of Tables X

List of Figures XIII

List of Annexures XIV

Index

Page No.

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 Preface 1-1

1.2 Purpose of the Report 1-1

1.3 Identification of Project & Project Proponent 1-2

1.4 Brief description of project 1-3

1.5 Regulatory Framework 1-4

1.6 Scope of the study 1-4

1.7 Compliance to Terms of Reference 1-5

1.8 Details of Major Industries Surrounding the Unit 1-15

1.9 Objectives of EIA 1-16

1.10 Methodology for EIA 1-16

1.11 Structure of Report 1-17

Chapter 2 Project Description

2.1 Introduction 2-1

2.2 Need for the study 2-2

2.3 Location of the Project 2-2

2.4 Size or magnitude of operation 2-5

2.4.1 Land breakup & project site layout 2-5

2.4.2 Project Magnitude 2-7

2.5 Proposed Schedule for approval and implementation 2-7

2.6 Infrastructural Facilities

(Plant equipments/machineries/utilities)

2-8

2.7 Description of Manufacturing Process 2-9

2.8 Project Components 2-18

2.9 Input Requirements 2-18

2.10 Generation of pollutants 2-23


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) II

2.10.1 Wastewater generation 2-23

2.10.2 Gaseous emissions 2-23

2.10.3 Hazardous/ solid waste generation 2-25

2.10.4 Noise Pollution 2-26

2.11 Pollution control measures 2-26

2.11.1 Effluent management 2-26

2.11.2 Air pollution control 2-27

2.11.3 Hazardous/solid waste management 2-28

2.11.4 Noise control measures 2-29

2.12 Rain water harvesting 2-29

2.13 Green Belt Development 2-29

2.14 Occupational health & safety 2-30

Chapter 3 Description of the Environment

3.1 General 3-1

3.2 Study area 3-1

3.3 Study Period 3-2

3.4 Source of environmental data generation 3-2

3.5 Methodology 3-2

3.6 Land Environment 3-3

3.6.1 Land use pattern of the Study Area 3-3

3.6.2 Objective of Land Use Studies 3-3

3.6.3 Topography 3-5

3.6.4 Seismicity of the area 3-5

3.7 Meteorology 3-5

3.7.1 Site specific micro-meteorological data 3-5

3.7.2 Wind Rose 3-6

3.8 Ambient air quality 3-7

3.8.1 Introduction 3-7

3.8.2 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

3-7

3.8.3 Reconnaissance 3-7

3.8.4 Parameters, Frequency and monitoring Methodology 3-7

3.8.5 Interpretation of result 3-9

3.9 Water Environment 3-9

3.9.1 Hydro-Geology of the Study Area 3-9

3.10 Water quality 3-11


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) III

3.10.1 Introduction 3-11

3.10.2 Sampling Frequency, Techniques & Methodology 3-11

3.10.3 Surface Water Quality (Primary data) 3-12

3.10.4 Ground Water Quality 3-13

3.10.5 Interpretation 3-13

3.10.6 Conclusion 3-14

3.11 Noise Environment 3-14

3.11.1 Instrument used for Sampling and Monitoring 3-14

3.11.2 Noise Quality Monitoring Locations 3-15

3.11.3 Ambient Noise Standards 3-15

3.11.4 Results 3-15


3.12 Soil Environment 3-16

3.12.1 Soil sampling locations 3-16

3.12.2 Methodology 3-16

3.12.3 Corollaries 3-17


3.13 Biological Environment 3-18

3.13.1 Period of the study 3-19

3.13.2 Study methodology 3-19

3.13.3 Floral species in the study area 3-19

3.13.4 Fauna in the study area 3-19

3.14 Socio Economic Environment 3-20

3.14.1 Objective of the study 3-20

3.14.2 Land use pattern and infrastructure 3-20

3.14.3 Demographic and Socio-Economic Environment 3-21

3.14.4 Living Standard and Infrastructure 3-21

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation

Measures

4.1 General 4-1

4.2 Identification of Impact 4-2

4.2.1 Identification of Impacting Activities 4-2

4.2.2 Identification of Environment Attributes 4-3

4.3 Impact on Topography 4-3

4.4 Impact on Air Environment 4-3

4.4.1 Air Pollution Dispersion modeling of stack 4-4


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) IV

4.4.2 Micrometeorology 4-5

4.4.3 Input data 4-6

4.4.4 Receptor Network 4-6

4.4.5 Output of Model (24-hourly GLC’s) 4-6

4.4.6 Incremental & cumulative concentration of pollutants 4-7

4.4.7 Conclusions 4-7

4.5 Impact on Water Environment 4-7

4.6 Impact on Noise Environment 4-8

4.7 Impact on Land Environment 4-9

4.8 Impact on Biological Environment 4-11

4.9 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment 4-12

4.10 Impact on Occupational Health & Safety 4-12

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Prologue 5-1

5.2 Site Alternative 5-1

5.3 Process Alternative 5-1

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 Prelude 6-1

6.2 Environment Monitoring Program 6-1

6.3 Objective of Monitoring Plan 6-1

6.4 Schedule for Environment Monitoring 6-2

6.5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 6-2

6.6 Water Environment Monitoring 6-3

6.7 Noise Environment Monitoring 6-3

Chapter 7 Additional Studies

A Hazard Analysis & Risk Assessment 7-1


7.2 Risk Assessment – Identification of Hazard 7-1

7.3 Hazardous Material Storage 7-3

7.4 Risk Screening Approach 7-4

7.4.1 Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGLs) 7-6

7.4.2 Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPGs) 7-7

7.5 QRA Approach 7-8

7.6 Thermal Hazards 7-9

7.7 Damage due to explosion 7-10


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) V

7.8 Toxic release 7-11

7.9 Acid/Alkali Hazards 7-11

7.10 Likely Failure Scenarios 7-12

B. Quantitative Risk Assessment & Consequence Analysis 7-13

7.11 Preamble 7-13

7.11.1 Weather Effect 7-13

7.12 Incidents Impacts 7-13

7.13 Consequential Impacts 7-15

7.13.1 Thermal and explosion Hazard 7-15

7.13.2 Toxic Hazards 7-15

7.13.3 Other Hazards 7-15

7.13.4 Other Toxic Hazards 7-16

7.14 Occupational Health 7-16

7.15 Conclusion & Recommendations 7-18

C. Material Handling and safety Measures 7-20

7.16 Action plan for handling & safety system of chemical 7-20

7.16.1 Safety Measures for Transportation and Unloading of

Hazardous Chemicals

7-20

7.16.2 Safety Measures for Storage/Handling of Hazardous

Chemicals

7-20

7.16.3 Safety measures for process units 7-21

7.16.4 Safety measures for preventive maintenance 7-21

7.16.5 Safety measures to prevent spillage/leakage of Toxic

chemicals

7-22

7.17 Arrangements for ensuring Health and Safety of Workers

Engaged in Handling of Toxic Materials

7-22

D. Emergency Management Plan (EMP) 7-24

7.18 Disaster Management Plan (DMP) 7-24

7.18.1 Definitions 7-24

7.18.2 Objective of the Disaster Management Plan 7-25

7.19 On-site Emergency Plan 7-26

7.19.1 Incident Controller 7-26

7.19.1.1 Duties of Incident Controller 7-26

7.19.2 Site Main Controller 7-27

7.19.2.1 Duties of Site Main Controller 7-27


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) VI

7.19.3 Other Key Personnel 7-28

7.19.3.1 Emergency Response Team 7-28

7.19.3.2 Emergency Personnel’s Responsibilities Outside Normal

Working Hours of the Factory.

7-28

7.19.3.3 Assembly Point 7-29

7.19.4 Emergency Control Centre 7-29

7.19.4.1 Role of Emergency Control Centre 7-29

7.19.5 Fire & Toxicity Control Arrangements 7-30

7.19.6 Medical Arrangements 7-30

7.19.7 Transport & Evacuation, Mutual Aid Arrangements 7-30

7.20 Communication System 7-30

7.20.1 Declaring the Emergency 7-30

7.20.1.1 Type of sirens 7-30

7.20.1.2 Location of sirens 7-31

7.20.1.3 Raising Alarm 7-31

7.20.2 Internal communication 7-32

7.20.2.1 Availability of Key Personnel outside Normal Working Hours 7-32

7.20.3 Communication to the Authorities 7-32

7.21 Pre-emergency activities 7-33

7.22 Post-Emergency Activities 7-33

7.22.1 Evacuation and Transportation 7-33

7.22.2 Safe Close Down 7-34

7.22.3 Use of Mutual Aid 7-34

7.22.4 Use of External Authorities 7-34

7.22.5 Medical Treatment 7-34

7.22.6 Accounting for Personnel 7-34

7.22.7 Access to Records 7-34

7.22.8 Public Relations 7-34

7.22.9 Rehabilitation 7-34

7.23 Causes of Emergency 7-35

7.23.1 Risk 7-35

7.23.1.1 Nature 7-35

7.23.1.2 Various Emergency Actions 7-35

7.23.1.3 Response Time-Minutes 7-36

7.24 Off-site Emergency Plan 7-36


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) VII

7.24.1 Need of the Site Emergency Plan 7-36

7.24.2 Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan 7-37

7.24.3 Role of the Factory Management 7-37

7.24.4 Role of the Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO) 7-37

7.24.5 Role of the local authority 7-37

7.24.6 Role of Fire Authorities 7-37

7.24.7 Role of the police & Evacuation Authorities 7-37

7.24.8 Role of the health authorities 7-38

7.24.9 Role of the Mutual Aid Agencies 7-38

7.24.10 Role of the factory Inspectorate 7-38

7.25 Mock Drills and Records 7-38

7.25.1 Need of Rehearsal & Training 7-38

7.25.2 Some Check Points 7-38

7.25.3 Records and Updating the Plan 7-39

E. PUBLIC CONSULTATION 7-39

F. SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 7-57

Chapter 8 Project Benefits


8.2 Improvements in Physical Infrastructure 8-1

8.3 Employment Potential 8-1

8.4 Other Tangible Benefits 8-2

Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9-1

Chapter 10 Environment Management Plan


10.2 Environmental Management During Construction Phase 10-2

10.2.1 Air & Noise Environment 10-2

10.2.2 Water Environment 10-2

10.2.3 Socio-Economic Environment 10-2

10.2.4 Health & Safety 10-2

10.3 Environmental Management during the Operational Phase 10-3

10.3.1 Air Pollution Management 10-3

10.3.1.1 Source of Air Pollution & Control Measures 10-3

10.3.1.2 Measures for Solvent Recovery 10-4

10.3.1.3 Odour Control Plan 10-4



Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) VIII

10.3.3 Hazardous/Solid waste management 10-5

10.3.4 Noise Control 10-6

10.3.5 Green Belt Development 10-7

10.3.6 Occupational Health & Safety Plan 10-9

10.4 Post Project Environmental Monitoring 10-11

10.4.1 Details of Work Place Air Quality Monitoring Plan 10-12

10.5 Environment Management Budget Allocation 10-13

10.6 Environmental Management Cell 10-14

10.6.1 Hierarchical Structure of Environmental Management Cell 10-14

10.6.2 Reporting System of Non-Compliances/Violations of

Environmental Norms

10-15

10.6.3 Framework for Continual Improvement of Environmental

Performance of Organization

10-16

10.7 Resource Conservation and Cleaner Production 10-16

10.8 Energy conservation programme 10-16

10.9 Socio Economic Activities 10-17

Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion

11.1 Project Description 11-1

11.1.1 General Introduction 11-1

11.1.2 Brief project description 11-1

11.1.3 Investment of the Project 11-2

11.1.4 List of Products 11-2

11.2 Description of Environment 11-2

11.2.1 Baseline Environmental Study 11-2

11.2.2 Air Environment 11-3


11.2.4 Noise Environment 11-5

11.2.5 Soil Quality 11-5

11.2.6 Biological Environment 11-6

11.2.7 Socio-Economic Environment 11-6

11.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 11-6

11.3.1 Summary of Impacts on Air Environment 11-6

11.3.2 Summary of Impacts on Water Environment 11-7

11.3.3 Impacts on Noise quality & Mitigation measures 11-8

11.3.4 Summary on Impacts on Land Environment 11-8


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) IX

11.3.5 Summary of Impacts on Socio Economy 11-9

11.3.6 Summary on Impact on Ecology 11-9

11.4 Environment Monitoring Programme 11-9

11.5 Additional Studies 11-10

11.5.1 Risk Assessment 11-10

11.6 Project Benefits 11-10

11.7 Environmental Management Plan 11-10

11.8 Conclusion 11-12

Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultant engaged

12.1 Preface 12-1

12.2 Details of EIA Consultant Organization 12-1


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) X

List of Tables

Table

No.

Name Page No.

1.1 Salient features of the project 1-3

1.2 List of products with its capacity 1-4

2.1 Land breakup 2-5

2.2 List of products & by-products with its capacity 2-7

2.3 List of plant equipments/machineries/utilities 2-8

2.4 Raw material consumption details 2-18

2.5 Break up of water consumption & w/w generation 2-20

2.6 Details of existing stacks 2-24

2.7 Details of proposed stacks 2-24

2.8 Details of hazardous waste generation 2-25

2.9(a) Details of existing effluent treatment plant (ETP) 2-31

2.9(b) Details of proposed effluent treatment plant (ETP) 2-32

2.10 Technical details of MEE 2-33

2.11 Technical specification of ATFD 2-34

2.12 Technical specification of RO 2-35

2.13 Characteristic of untreated & treated effluent of process w/w 2-37

2.14 Details of STP, Design Capacity – 40 KLD 2-38

3.1 Environmental setting of the study area 3-2

3.2 Land use statistics work out based on satellite imaginary 3-4

3.3 Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data 3-6

3.4 Meteorological Data for the Monitoring Period 3-6

3.5 Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring 3-8

3.6 Monitored Parameters and Frequency of Sampling 3-8

3.7 Sampling locations with source & date of sampling 3-12

3.8 Monitoring Methodology of Noise 3-15

3.9 Location of soil sampling 3-16

3.10 Methodology of Soil Sample analysis 3-17

3.11 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-23

3.12 Ambient Air Quality Status 3-24

3.13 Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10) 3-25

3.14 Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5) 3-26

3.15 Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2) 3-27


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) XI

3.16 Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx) 3-28

3.17 Ambient Air Quality Status (VOCs, HC (methane & non-

methane), CO, NH3, HCl & Cl2)

3-29

3.18 National Ambient Air Quality Standards 3-30

3.19 Results of Ground water Quality in the Study Area 3-31

3.20 Surface water analysis of the Study Area 3-32

3.21 Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water 3-33

3.22 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-34

3.23 Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to Noise 3-34

3.24 Soil Analysis of Study area 3-35

3.25 Floral Diversity 3-36

3.26 Faunal Biodiversity 3-39

3.27 Traffic Survey 3-41

3.28 Land Use Pattern 3-42

3.29 Summary of Socio-Economic Status (Demography) 3-43

3.30 Summary of Socio-Economic Status (Amenities) 3-45

4.1 Input data for air quality modeling 4-14

4.2 Cumulative Concentrations at various locations 4-15

4.3 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SPM 4-16

4.4 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SO2 4-17

4.5 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NOx 4-18

4.6 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NH3 4-19

4.7 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for HCl 4-20

4.8 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for Cl2 4-21

6.1 Environment Monitoring Plan 6-4

7.1 Bulk Hazardous Materials storage 7-4

7.2 Properties of haz. - Raw materials (stored in Bulk) 7-4

7.3 Hazard analysis-Raw materials (stored in Bulk) 7-6

7.4 Risk Classification 7-8

7.5 Effects due to Incident Radiation intensity 7-9

7.6 Thermal Radiation Impact to human 7-10

7.7 Tolerable Intensities for various objects 7-10

7.8 Damage due to overpressure 7-11

7.9 Different failure scenarios 7-12

7.10 Hazards scenario impact 7-15


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) XII

7.11 Summary of Public Hearing issues and time bound

action plan with Budgetary Provision

7-39

7.12 Points raised during public hearing and Time Bound Action Plan

and Budgetary provision

7-40

7.13 Detailed expenditure break-up for CER activities 7-59

10.1 Environment Monitoring Plan 10-12

10.2 Budget Allocation for Environment Management 10-13

10.3 Budgetary Provisions for the Social Upliftment 10-18


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) XIII

List of Figures

Figure No.

Name Page No.

2.1 Location of the project site 2-3

2.2 Google map of 10 km radius 2-4

2.3 Image showing boundaries coordinates of the site 2-4

2.4 Plant layout 2-6

2.5 Water Balance Diagram (Total after expansion) 2-21

2.6 Process flow chart of Proposed ETP 2-36

3.1 Land use map 3-4

3.2 Graphical representation of ambient air quality 3-24

3.3 Graphical representation for PM10 3-25

3.4 Graphical representation for PM2.5 3-26

3.5 Graphical representation for SO2 3-27

3.6 Graphical representation for NOx 3-28

3.7 Location of AAQM station 3-50

3.8 Wind Rose Diagram 3-51

3.9 Water sampling Locations 3-52

3.10 Noise monitoring Locations 3-53

3.11 Soil Sampling Locations 3-54

3.12 Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius

(1:25,000 scale)

3-55

3.13 Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius

(1:50,000 scale)

3-56

4.1 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for SPM 4-22

4.2 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for SO2 4-23

4.3 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for NOx 4-24

4.4 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for NH3 4-25

4.5 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for HCl 4-26

4.6 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for Cl2 4-27

7.1 Chlorine Tonner leak Toxic Impact 7-14

7.2 Hydrochloric Acid (35%) evaporating Puddle Toxic impact 7-14

7.3 Xylene tank BLEVE Impact 7-14


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) XIV

List of Annexures

Annexure Name Page No.

I. NABET/QCI Certificate A-1

II. Copy of Amendment of Name Change and CC&A obtained before publication of EIA Notification, 2006

A-3

III. Copy of Valid CC&A A-10

IV. CGWA application A-17

V. Photographs of the Site A-23

VI. Land Possession Documents A-28

VII. TSDF Membership Certificate A-30

VIII. CETP Membership Certificate A-33

IX. Health Records A-35

X. Undertaking from Consultant A-37

XI. Undertaking from PP A-39

XII. Public Hearing Proceedings A-41

XIII. Material Safety Data Sheet of Chemicals A-334

XIV. Copy of Terms of Reference (TOR) A-423


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) 1-1

Chapter-1

Introduction

1.1 PREFACE

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the

possible impacts that a proposed project may have on the environment -

consisting of the environmental, social and economic aspects. It is an

assessment and management tool that evaluates the possible impacts,

positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the

environment. EIA systematically examines both beneficial and adverse

consequences of the project and ensures that these effects are taken into

account during project design. The purpose of the assessment is to

ensure that decision makers consider the ensuing environmental impacts

when deciding to proceed with a project. In India, Ministry of

Environment and Forests has defined elaborated “Environmental

Clearance (EC)” framework along with requirements for preparing

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) under the Environmental

(Protection) Act, 1986 (Environmental Impact Assessment Notification,

2006) for establishing/expanding and industry/development projects.

1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Industrialization and infrastructure development have increased economic

growth and improved living standards of people in India. However,

development has led to rapid consumption of natural resources and

increased emissions of waste. To control the pollutions from industrial

activity, government has framed regulations which are governed by

Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change in India. Environment

Impact analysis is mandatory as per the Environment Impact Assessment

(EIA) Notification issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate

Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi dated 14th September, 2006 and its

subsequent amendment; for setting up a new projects or activities, or

expansion or modernization of existing projects or activities based on

their potential environmental impacts as indicated in the Schedule to the

notification, being undertaken in any part of India, unless prior

environmental clearance has been accorded.



Proposed activity of Choksi Colours Private Limited. falls under the

5(f) schedule “Synthetic Organic Chemical Industries (dyes & dye

intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations;

synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic

chemicals and chemical intermediates)” of EIA Notification, 2006 and

categorized under “A”. Therefore, unit requires Environmental

Clearance before expansion of project. The present report is based on the

Terms of Reference (TOR) No. J-11011/179/2017-IA-II(I) issued on

26/07/2017 by the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change

(MoEF&CC), New Delhi.

EIA Consultant

In view of the above, legal aspect and monitoring work has been carried

out for all the environmental attributes by M/s. San Envirotech Pvt.

Ltd. (SEPL), Ahmedabad. SEPL is accredited as Category-A

organization under the QCI-NABET Scheme for accreditation of EIA

consultant Organizations: Version 3 for preparing EIA-EMP reports in 10

sectors (Annexure-I; Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0084).

The public hearing was conducted by GPCB on 02/11/2018 on the basis

of the draft EIA/EMP incorporating the Terms of References. Minutes of

Meeting of Public Hearing is attached as Annexure-XII.

1.3 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

Choksi Colors began their journey in year 1984 and currently after two

and half decade, they are one of the largest manufacturers and exporters

of Organic Pigments from India. Choksi Colors have multi located

production facilities spread over 50000 Sq. Yards operated by highly

experienced and qualified professionals under the leadership of Mr. Pradip

Choksi. The market CPC based pigments for printing inks, paints and

plastics is increasing very fast in the domestic as well as in the

international market. M/s. Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) proposes to

expand manufacturing of CPC Blue crude with the manufacturing of new

products of pigments at Survey No. 85/B, ECP Canal Road, AT & P

Karakhadi, Tal-Padra, Dist: Vadodara, Gujarat. Key factors taken into

consideration for proposed expansion at the present location are,



Availability of adequate land for proposed expansion activities,

Nearest city Vadodara is 23 km away from the location, having

connectivity with other parts of the country by road, rail & air,

The site is well connected with State Highway and National Highway,

Availability of good communication and transportation facilities,

Easy availability of skilled and unskilled labour for construction of

plant and its operation,

Availability of other essential facilities like medical facilities, fuel,

water, power, raw materials, etc.,

No National park or wildlife Habitats falls within 10 km radial distance

from the project site.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Salient features of the project and list of products are given in Table 1.1

and Table 1.2, respectively.

Table 1.1 Salient Features of the Project

Name of the Project M/s. Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit II)

Existing production capacity 100 MTPM

Proposed addition of

production capacity

1300 MTPM

Production capacity after

proposed expansion

1400 MTPM

Expansion project cost Rs. 28 crores

Manpower requirement About 100 persons

(existing 35; proposed 65)

Location

Plot/ Survey No. Survey No. 85/B

Village ECP Canal Road, AT & P Karakhadi

Tehsil Padra

District Vadodara

State Gujarat

Area 17165 m2

Latitude 22°12'11.18"N

Longitude 72°55'10.88"E

Nearest

Railway Station Kural Railway Station, about 7.5 km

Air Port Vadodara Airport, about 40 km

Town Padra, about 20 km

City Vadodara, about 40 km

National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary None, within 10 km radius



Table: 1.2 List of products with its capacity

Sr. No.

List of Products Existing capacity

in MT/ Month

Proposed addition

in MT/ Month

Total Capacity

in MT/ Month

1. CPC Blue Crude 100 500 600

2. Pigment Alpha Blue 00 200 200

3. Pigment Beta Blue 00 250 250

4. Activated Crude Blue 00 250 250

5. Pigment Green – 7 00 100 100

Total 100 1300 1400

1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The proposed expansion project will abide and function under the purview

of the following Rules, Acts & Regulations which are formulated by the

Govt. of India to protect the environment and development in a

sustainable way.

The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986

Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September

2006 and subsequent amendments

The Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016

Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and its

amendments

The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of the EIA study is based on the guideline provided by

MoEF&CC, Government of India for structure of Environmental Impact

Assessment document. The scope of the study broadly includes:

Field sampling of environmental attributes at various representative

locations in the study area to establish the baseline status,

Collection & compilation of secondary data including socio-economic

data,

Identification, assessment and evaluation of the beneficial and adverse

impacts on surrounding environment due to proposed project activities



considering the existing baseline status along with compilation of other

information,

Analysis of project proposal and data analysis,

Assessment of pollution potential due to proposed project,

Prediction of the incremental levels of pollutants in the study area,

Evaluation of the predicted impacts on various environmental

attributes by using scientifically developed and widely accepted

models,

Identification and assessment of risks associated with the proposed

project and their appropriate management through proper Risk

Assessment (RA) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP), and

Environmental Management Plan (EMP), and

Identification of critical environmental attributes required to be

monitored during the project execution and post project.

The scope also includes all the conditions outlined in the TOR issued by

MoEF&CC and the compliance to the TOR is given below.

1.7 COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCE

Based on the documents submitted and presentation before 24th Expert

Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) Meeting held during 14th–16th June,

2017; Terms of Reference (TOR) was issued by MoEF&CC, dated

26/07/2017, vide TORs letter No. J-11011/179/2017-IA-II(I).

Compliance of TORs is as below:

Sr.

No.

TOR Condition Compliance

Additional TOR

i. Public consultation shall be done as per

provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006.

The public hearing was conducted

by GPCB on 02/11/2018 on the

basis of the draft EIA/EMP

incorporating the Terms of

References. Public Hearing

Proceedings is attached as

Annexure-XII.

ii. A plan for installation of zero liquid discharge

system to be submitted.

It is prescribed in Sec. 2.11.1

(Page No. 2-26) of Chapter-2.

iii. Commitment to use Briquettes/low Sulfur

(0.5%) coal as boiler fuel.

The unit commits to use

Briquettes/low Sulfur (0.5%) coal

as boiler fuel.

iv. Layout plan earmarking 10m peripheral

greenbelt with perennial trees to be

The unit will add to and dense

existing greenbelt area to 5665



submitted. 33% area of the total project

cover area will be developed as green area

with perennial tree plantation.

m2, which will tune around 33% of

the project area. Additionally, the

unit will develop the greenbelt in

areas available outside the plant.

Green Belt Development plan is

covered in Chapter 10, Section

10.3.5 (Page no 10-7).

v CGWA permission of withdrawal of ground

water to be submitted.

The unit has already applied for

CGWA permission of withdrawal of

ground water; Attached as

Annexure-IV.

vi Certified compliance report from concerned

Regional Office of the Ministry for existing

EC, if any.

Not applicable, as no existing EC.

Unit is established before EIA

Notification, 2006 hence not

obtained EC. Consent to Operate

prior to EIA Notification 2006 is

attached as Annexure-II.

Valid consent is attached as

Annexure-III.

5(f) Standard Terms of Reference for Conducting Environment Impact

Assessment Study for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry (Dyes & Dye

Intermediates; Bulk Drugs and Intermediates Excluding Drug Formulations;

Synthetic Rubbers; Basic Organic Chemicals, Other Synthetic Organic Chemicals

and Chemical Intermediates) and Information to be Included in EIA/EMP

Report

A. Standard Terms of Reference

1. Executive Summary Enclosed as Chapter-11.

2. Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation

Details of EIA consultant is given

in Chapter-12 „Disclosure of Consultant engaged‟. NABET accreditation certificate is

enclosed as Annexure-I.

ii. Information about the project proponent It is described in Chapter-1, Section 1.3 (Page no. 1-2).

iii. Importance and benefits of the project It is described in Chapter-8 of EIA report.

3. Project Description

i. Cost of the project and time of completion It is described in Chapter-2, Section 2.1 (Page no. 2-1).

ii. Products with the capacities for the proposed

project

It is described in Chapter-2, Section 2.4.2 (Page no. 2-7).

iii. If the expansion project, details of existing

products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion,

reference of earlier EC if any.

It is described in Chapter-2, Section 2.4.2 (Page no. 2-7).

Yes, adequate land is available for expansion. Refer Table 2.1, (Page no. 2-5) for land breakup.

Unit is established before EIA Notification, 2006 hence not obtained EC (Annexure-II).

iv. List of raw materials required and their It is described in Chapter-2,



source along with mode of transportation. Section 2.9(a) (Page no. 2-18).

v. Other chemicals and materials required with

quantities and storage capacities.

Raw material requirement is

shown in Chapter 2, Section 2.9(a) (Page no. 2-17); and storage capacities are shown in Chapter 7,

Table 7.1 (Page no. 7-4).

vi. Details of Emissions, effluent, hazardous

waste generation and their management.

It is described in Chapter-2, Section 2.10 & 2.11 (Page no. 2-23).

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of

supply, status of approval, water balance

diagram, man-power requirement(regular &

contract)

It is described in Chapter-2,

Section 2.9 (Page no. 2-18).

viii. Process description along with major

equipment and machineries, process flow

sheet (quantities) from raw material to

products to be provided

Process description, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw

material to products is described in Chapter-2, Section 2.7 (Page no. 2-9).

Equipment and machineries requirement is mentioned in Section 2.6 (Page no. 2-8).

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed

safety system

Hazard identification is described in Chapter-7, Section 7.2 (Page

no. 7-1); details of proposed safety system are covered in Section 7.16 (Page no. 7-20).

x. Expansion/modernization proposals

a. Copy of all Environmental Clearance(s)

including Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be

attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of

the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional

Office of the Ministry of Environment &

Forest as per circular dated 30th May, 2012

on the status of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all the existing environmental

clearances including Amendments shall be

provided. In addition, status of compliance of

Consent to Operate for the ongoing/existing

operation of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.







Annexure-III.

b. In case of existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not

taking EC under the provision of the EIA

Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

1006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate and

Consent to Operate(in case of units

operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE

and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further,

compliance report to the conditions of







Annexure-III.



consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4. Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification

for selecting the site, whether other sites

were considered.

Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

District and State is provided in

Chapter 1, Table 1.1 (Page no. 1-

3); Chapter 2, Figure 2.1 to 2.3

(Page 2-3)

Justification for selecting the site is

covered in Chapter 1, Section 1.3

(Page 1-4); and Chapter 5, Section

5.2 (Page 5-1).

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10

km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000

scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-

sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive

places)

Included in Chapter 3, Figure 3.12

& 3.13 (Page no. 3-55).

iii. Details w.r.t option analysis for selection of

site

Analysis for selection of site is covered in Chapter 5, Section 5.2 (Page 5-1).

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of

the site.

Included in Chapter 2, Figure 2.3 (Page 2-4).

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project

site

Included in Chapter 2, Figure 2.2 &

2.3 (Page 2-4).

vi. Layout maps including existing unit as well

as proposed unit indicating storage area,

plant area, greenbelt area, utilities, etc. If

located within the industrial

area/Estate/Complex, Layout of Industrial

area indicating location of unit within the

Industrial area/estate.

Included in Chapter 2, Figure 2.4

(Page 2-6).

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If existing, show

photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in

particular.

Photographs of the plant site are

attached as Annexure-V.

viii. Land use breakup of total land of the project

site (identified & acquired),

government/private- agricultural, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc.

shall be included. (Not required for industrial

area).

Land use breakup is included in

Chapter 2, Table 2.1 (Page 2-5).

ix. A list of major industries with name and type

within study area (10km radius) shall be

incorporated. Land use details of the study

area.

A list of major industries is included in Chapter 1, Section 1.8 (Page 1-15); Land use details of

the study area are included in Chapter 3, Section 3.6 (Page 3-4).

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological

status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study

area is included in Chapter 3, Section 3.9 (Page 3-9).



xi. Details of the Drainage of the project up to 5

km radius of study area. If the site is within

1 km of any major river, peak and lean

season river discharge as well as flood

occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall

data of past 30 years. Details of Flood level

of the project site and maximum Flood level

of the river shall also be provided. (mega

green field project)

Site is not within 1 km of any

major river.

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is

not complete, stage of the acquisition

process and expected time of complete

possession of land.

Attached as Annexure-VI.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with

state Government policy.

No R&R is involved.

5. Forest & wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest

land (forestry clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State Forest

Department. (if applicable)

Not applicable.

(Site is not located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals; and project does not involve forest

land. Additionally, none of the species of

conservation importance exists in the study area and no endangered species were found in the study

area)

ii. Landuse map based on high resolution

satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site

delineating the forestland (in case of projects

involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining

the stage I forestry clearance along with

latest status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of

the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent shall submit

the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the

project location and the recommendations or

comments of Chief Wildlife Warden- thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated

by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State

Government for conservation of Schedule I

fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance

under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to

the Standing Committee of the National

Board for Wildlife.

6. Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level

at the project site and site-specific micro-

meteorological data using, temperature,

relative humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall

Briefly covered in Chapter 3, Section 3.7 (Page 3-5).



ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations

for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations shall be

based CPCB guidelines and take into account

the pre-dominant wind direction, population

zone and sensitive receptors including

reserved forests.

Briefly covered in Chapter 3,

Section 3.8 (Page 3-7).

The monitoring locations (relative

directions and distances) are given

in Table 3.11 (Page 3-23) & shown

in Figure 3.7 (Page 3-50) and

results are given in Table 3.12 to

3.17 (Page 3-24).

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations as per frequency given

in the NAAQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along

with – min., max., average and 98% values

for each of the AAQ parameters from data of

all AAQ stations should be provided as an

annexure to the EIA report.

Briefly covered in Chapter 3, Table

3.12 to 3.17 (Page 3-24).

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100

upstream and downstream of discharge

point) and other surface drains at eight

locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Unit is not within 1 km of any major river, and do not discharge

in surface water. Results of groundwater and surface water monitoring are

covered in Chapter 3, Table 3.20 (Page no. 3-32).

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch

of the river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC,

if yes give details.

No, the site doesn‟t falls near to polluted stretch of the river

identified by CPCB/MoEF&CC.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8

locations shall be included


3.19 (Page no. 3-31).

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within

the study area.


3.22 (Page no. 3-34).

viii. Soil Characteristics as per CPCB guidelines. Briefly covered in Chapter 3, Table

3.24 (Page no. 3-35).

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to proposed

project, parking arrangement, etc.

Briefly covered in Chapter 3, Table 3.27 (Page no. 3-41).

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial & aquatic) existing in the study

area shall be given with special reference to

rare, endemic and endangered species. If

Schedule I fauna are found within the study

area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.


3.25 & 3.26 (Page no. 3-36). There is no rare, endemic & endangered species found in study

area.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area. Briefly covered in Chapter 3, Table 3.29 & 3.30 (Page no. 3-43).

7. Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutant from the stack emission based on

the site specific meteorological features. In

case the project is located on the hilly

terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutant from the

stack emission superimposed on geographical area map based on the site specific meteorological

features is covered in Chapter 4,



using inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the potential

impacts of the project on the AAQ.

Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions (including transportation) on the

AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of

the model used in the input data used for

modeling shall also be provided. The air

quality contours shall be plotted on a

location map showing the location of project

site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if

any.

Figure 4.1 to 4.6 (Page no. 4-22). The modeling approach is briefly


4.4.1 (Page no. 4-4).

Input parameters used for

modeling are provided in Table 4.1

(Page no. 4-14), additional inputs

- maximum 50 (24-hr) average

concentration values for SPM, SO2,

NOx, HCl, Cl2 & NH3 are given in

Table 4.3 to 4.8 (Page no. 4-16).

Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions on AAQ of the area is

given in Table 4.2 (Page No. 4-

15).

ii. Water Quality modeling – in case of

discharge in water body

Unit is not disposing w/w in water body so this point is not applicable.

iii. Impact of the transport of raw material and

the end products on the surrounding

environment shall be assessed and provided.

In this regard, options for transport of raw

materials and finished products and wastes

(large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport of conveyor-cum- rail transport

shall be examined.

Traffic study is provided in Chapter 3, Table 3.27 (Page No. 3-41). The

impact of the transport of raw material and the end products on the surrounding environment will

be insignificant, so rail or rail-cum road transport of conveyor-cum-

rail transport is not required at this point.

iv. A note on treatment on wastewater from

different plant operations, extent recycled

and reuse for different purposes shall be

included. Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristic of untreated and

treated effluent to meet the prescribed

standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

Treatment on wastewater from different plant operations, extent

recycled and reuse for different purposes is briefly described in Chapter 2, Section 2.11.1 (Page

No. 2-26). Characteristic of untreated and treated effluent is given in Table

2.13, (Page No. 2-37).

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for

control of emissions to meet standards.

Details of stack emission and

action plan for control of emissions

to meet standards are covered in

Chapter 2, Section 2.10.2 (Page

no. 2-23) & 2.11.2 (Page no. 2-

27).

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control. Measures for fugitive emission control are covered in Chapter 2, Section 2.11.2 (Page no. 2-28).

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage, utilization and management.

Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid

and hazardous waste in cement plant shall

also be included. EMP shall be include the

concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy

Details of hazardous waste

generation and their storage,

utilization and management is


2.10.3 (Page no. 2-25) & 2.11.3

(Page no. 2-28)

TSDF Membership Certificates are



conservation and natural resource

conservation.

attached in Annexure VII.

Concepts of resource & energy

conservation and cleaner

production are covered in Chapter

10, Section 10.7 & 10.8 (Page no.

10-16).

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured

as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed

plan of action shall be provided.

Plan for fly ash utilization is


2.11.3 (Page no. 2-28).

ix. Action plan for the greenbelt development

plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than

1,500 tree per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning schedule etc.

shall be included. The green belt shall be

around the project boundary and a scheme

for greening of the roads used for the project

shall also be incorporated.

Action plan for the greenbelt

development covering all points is briefly mentioned in Chapter 10, Section 10.3.5 (Page no. 10-7).

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be submitted to

harvest rainwater from the rooftops and

storm water drains to recharge the ground

water and also to use for the various

activities at the project site to conserve fresh

water and reduce the water requirement

from other sources.

Unit (being a pigment manufacturing unit) proposes to

develop rain water harvesting structures outside the factory premises to avoid any ground

water contamination.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum

for environmental pollution control measures

shall be included.

Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental

pollution control measures is

included in Chapter 10, Section

10.5 (Page no. 10-13).

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental

monitoring shall be submitted.

Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring is

included in Chapter 10, Section

10.4 (Page no. 10-11).

xiii. Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and man-

made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment

and damage control. Disaster management

plan should be linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

Onsite and offsite Disaster Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan is included in

Chapter 7, Section 7.19 (Page no 7-26) & 7.24 (Page no 7-36).

8. Occupational Health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract &

casual workers.

Occupational health & safety plan

is given in Chapter 10, Section

10.3.6 (Page no. 10-9); and

Chapter 7, Section 7.14 (Page no.

7-16).

Fund allocation is mentioned in

Chapter 10, Section 10.5 (Page no.

10-13).



ii. Details of exposure specific health status

evaluation of worker. If the workers‟ health

is being evaluated by pre designed format,

chest x ray, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision

testing (far & Near vision, color vision and

any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-

placement and periodical examinations give

the details of the same. Details regarding

last month analyzed data of above

mentioned parameters as per age, sex,

duration of exposure and department wise.

Occupational health & safety

programme is covered in Chapter

7, Section 7.14 (Page no. 7-16);

and Chapter 10, Section 10.3.6

(Page no. 10-9).

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels of the

hazards and whether they are within

Permissible Exposure Level (PEL) If these are

not within PEL, what measures the company

has adopted to keep them within PEL so that

health of workers can be preserved.

Bulk stored chemicals listed under

“List of hazardous and Toxic

Chemicals” category under MSIHC

Rules, 1989 and its subsequent

amendment were identified. They

are mentioned in Table 7.2 & 7.3

(Page no. 7-4).

Acute Exposure Guideline Levels

(AEGLs) and Emergency Response

Planning Guidelines (ERPGs) are

mentioned on Page no. 7-6.

iv. Annual report of health status of workers

with special reference to Occupational Health

& Safety.

Attached as Annexure-IX.

9. Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down

Environmental Policy approved by its Board

of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA Report.

Company has set up a separate

Environment Management Cell and

the objectives and duties of it are

discussed in Chapter 10, Section

10.6 (Page no 10-14).

ii. Does the Environmental Policy prescribed for

standard operating process/procedures to

bring into focus any infringement/

deviation/violation of the environmental or

forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be

detailed in EIA

It is discussed in Chapter 10,

Section 10.6.2 (Page no 10-15).

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the environmental

clearance conditions? Details of the system

may be given.



iv. Does the company have system of reporting

of non-compliance/violations of

environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and/or

shareholders or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the





EIA Report.

10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such

as sanitation, fuel, restroom, etc. to be

provided to the labor force during

construction as well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during operation

phase.


Section 10.2.2 (Page no 10-2) and

10.2.4 (Page no 10-2).

11. Enterprise Social Committee (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project

cost) shall be earmarked towards the

Enterprise Social Commitment based on

Public Hearing issues and item-wise details

along with time bound action plan shall be

included. Socio-economic development

activities need to be elaborated upon.

Detailed Enterprise Social

Commitment based on Public

Hearing issues and item-wise

details along with time bound

action plan is included in Chapter

7, Section E (Page no. 7-39) and

Section F (Page no. 7-57). ESR

plan for 5 years @ 2.5% of the

project cost is included in Chapter

7, Table 7.13 (Page no. 7-59).

Public Hearing Proceedings is

attached as Annexure-XII.

12. Any litigation pending against the project

and/or any direction/order passed by any

Court of Law against the project, if so,

details of thereof shall also be included. Has

the unit received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant Sections of Air & Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present

status of the case.

No pending litigation against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law

against the project.

13. A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TORs.

Done.

B Specific Terms of Reference for EIA Studies for Synthetic Organic

Chemicals Industry (Dyes & Dye Intermediates; Bulk Drugs and

Intermediates Excluding Drug Formulations; Synthetic Rubbers; Basic

Organic Chemicals, Other Synthetic Organic Chemicals and Chemical

Intermediates)

1 Details on solvent to be used, measures for

solvent recovery and for emission control.

Covered in Chapter 10, Section

10.3.1.2 (Page no. 10-4).

2 Details of process emission from the unit and

its arrangement to control.

It is briefly described in Chapter 2,

Section 2.10 (Page no. 2-23) &

2.11 (Page no. 2-26).

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC,

other-process-specific pollutants* like NH3*,

chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, etc (*-as

applicable)

Ambient air quality data includes

VOC, HC, and process-specific

pollutants HCl, Cl2, NH3; Included

in Table 3.17 (Page no. 3-29).



4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for

hazardous chemicals.

It is described in Chapter 10,

Section 10.4.1 (Page no. 10-12).

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including

segregation of effluent streams for units

adopting „Zero‟ Liquid Discharge

It is described in Chapter 2,

Section 2.11.1 (Page no. 2-26).

6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted It is described in Chapter 10,

Section 10.3.1.3 (Page no. 10-4).

7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding

signed with cement manufactures indicating

clearly that they co-process organic

solid/Hazardous waste in TSDF if any.

No generation of high calorific

value waste that can be used for

co-processing. Entire quantity of

hazardous waste will be handled

and disposed as per Hazardous &

Other waste (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016.

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous

waste in TSDF, if any.

Attached as Annexure-VII &

VIII.

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers

salts.

MEE salts will be sent to TSDF site

approved by GPCB.

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be used.

Attached as Annexure-XIII.

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Attached as Annexure-VII.

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed Not applicable.

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan

for handling & safety system to be

incorporated.

Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals is

covered in Chapter 7, Section 7.3

(Page no. 7-3), Section 7.4 (Page

no. 7-4), Section 7.12 (Page no. 7-

13). Action plan for handling &

safety system is covered in Section

7.16 (Page no. 7-20).

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety

of workers engaged in handling of toxic

materials.

It is briefly covered in Section 7.17

(Page no. 7-22).

1.8 DETAILS OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES SURROUNDING THE UNIT (10

km Radius)

Sr.

No.

Name of Industry Type of Industry

1. Ami Lifesciences Pvt. Ltd. Pharmaceutical Company

2. Bodal Chemicals Ltd. Dyes and Chemicals

3. Kiri Industries Ltd. Dyes and Chemicals

4. Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Limited Pharmaceutical Company



1.9 OBJECTIVES OF EIA

The objectives of the present EIA Study are to identify potential source of

pollution, assess the impacts on various environmental components due

to the proposed project activity, and recommend appropriate

environmental management system and environment management plan

for the unit to ensure that the adverse impacts, if any, will be minimized.

1.10 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

Considering the nature and magnitude of the proposed project,

surrounding area and various guidelines available, an area of 10-km

radius from the center of proposed plant site was considered for the

purpose of environmental impact assessment study. The methodology is

briefly reported below,

Baseline Data Collection

The baseline data for the impact zone have been generated for the

following environmental parameters,

Ambient Air Quality

Micrometeorology

Noise Level

Surface & Ground Water Quality

Soil Quality

Ecology & Biodiversity

Land Use Pattern

Socio-Economics

The baseline status of the above environmental parameters has been

worked out based on the rapid monitoring/analysis carried out during the

study period of October 2017 to December 2017, supplemented by

data collected from various Government Departments, census

publications, etc.

5. Alembic Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Pharmaceutical Company

6. Sterling Biotech Ltd. Pharmaceutical Company

7. Solaris Chemtech Industries Ltd. Bromine Products

8. Quebec Petroleum Resources Ltd. Lubricants Manufacturing

9. Tml Industries Ltd. Acid Chloride Products



Evaluation of Impact from Project Activities

The Environmental Impact resulting from project activities have been

identified, predicted and evaluated based on the study of manufacturing

process and is correlated with existing baseline status.

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering pollution

prevention measures at source in terms of air and water pollution control

measures, solid waste/hazardous waste management, safety

management, greenbelt development, and environmental surveillance.

1.11 STRUCTURE OF REPORT

The overall contents of the EIA report is in line with generic structure of

EIA report as per the Appendix III of the EIA Notification, 2006. The

report consists of twelve chapters and the content is briefly described in

this section.

Chapter 1: Introduction

The chapter gives brief outline of the project and its proponent, brief

description nature, size and location of the project, purpose of the EIA

study including the scope of the study, TORs compliance etc. and work

to be covered under each Environmental component.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter includes project details and Infrastructure facilities

including all industrial & environmental aspects of the unit as well as

manufacturing process details. It also gives information about utilities,

raw material, water & wastewater quantitative details, stack details,

hazardous waste generation, storage & disposal facility.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter covers data of existing condition of Valued Environmental

Components like air, water, noise, soil, biological environment and

socio-economic aspects, basic amenities land use pattern. It also gives

details of study area, period of study, component of environment & its

methodology. Various sections of the chapter discuss the existing land

use and drainage pattern, climate and meteorological parameters.

Both primary and secondary data collected for the study are depicted

in this chapter.



Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Measures

This chapter describes the overall impacts of the project activities on

various environmental components. It predicts the overall impact of

the project activities on different components of the environment viz.

Air, Water, Land, Noise, Biological and Socio-Economic and its

mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives

This chapter gives details of analysis of alternatives in terms of

technology & site.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme

This chapter describes technical aspects of monitoring (including

measurement methodologies, frequency, location and data analysis,

reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget and

procurement schedules.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter describes Risk assessment and on-site, off-site

emergency plan and occupational health & safety programme.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter focuses on benefits of project on improvement in physical

infrastructure, social infrastructure & other tangible benefits.

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This chapter describes Environment Management Plan (EMP) to be

adopted for mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts if any and to

ensure acceptable impacts.

Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion

It gives brief of the EIA Report and chapters there in. It also describes

about overall justification for implementation of the project and

explanation on various mitigation measures.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants engaged

This chapter describes the name of the consultant engaged with their

brief nature of consultancy activities.



Chapter-2Project Description

2.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Choksi Colours Private Limited (Unit-II) is an existing unit located at

Survey No. 85/B, ECP Canal Road, AT & P Karakhadi, Tal-Padra, Dist:

Vadodara, Gujarat. Unit is engaged in manufacturing of CPC Blue Crude

with production capacity of 100 MT/month. Now, unit proposes to expand

production capacity of existing product with addition of new products -

Pigment Alpha Blue, Pigment Beta Blue, Activated Crude Blue, and

Pigment Green–7. After expansion, total production capacity of the unit

will be 1400 MT/month.

Existing cost of the project is Rs. 14.0 crores. Estimated cost for the

proposed expansion is Rs. 28.0 crores. Out of which Rs. 4 crores will

be used for Environmental Management System and Rs. 9.25 crores

as recurring cost per annum. Time of project completion will be about 1-

1.5 year after accordance of the EC.

As per the EIA Notification - 2006, Industry falls under the Project or

Activity - 5(f) - Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye

intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations;

synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic

chemicals and chemical intermediates). Unit has valid CC&A vide order no:

AWH-57990 dated 28/10/13 and valid up to 03/03/2018.

Based on the type of project, following are the expected aspects:

Air Emissions,

Waste water generation,

Noise generation,

Hazardous waste generation, and

Occupational health, hazards & safety risk.



2.2 NEED FOR THE STUDY

The ministry of Environment and Forest (MOEF&CC), Government of India

Issued a notification vide S.O. 1533 dated 14/09/2006 prescribes prior

environmental clearance for various development projects. Synthetic

organic Chemicals (bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug

formulations) manufacturing unit located outside the notified industrial

area/estate needs to obtain prior environmental clearance while Serial No.

5(f) under category ‘A’. Accordingly, the project proponent obtained the

Terms of Reference J-11011/179/2017-IA-II-(I) dated 26th July 2017.

The present study follows the prescribed TOR’s and the Final EIA report

will be prepared along with the public consultation issues raised and

commitment or responses made by the proponent.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The project site is located at Survey No. 85/B, ECP Canal Road, AT & P

Karakhadi, Tal-Padra, Dist: Vadodara, Gujarat. Locations of the project,

Google map of 10 km radius and boundary coordinates of the site are

shown in Figure 2.1, Figure 2.2, and Figure 2.3, respectively.

The project site is approachable by Road via Vadodara-Jambusar road

Highway at an aerial distance of 5 Km. Nearest railway station and airport

are Kural Railway Station at about 7.5 km and Vadodara Airport at about

40 km, respectively.



Figure 2.1 Location of the project site



Figure 2.2 Google map of 10 km radius

Figure 2.3 Image showing boundaries coordinates of the site

A 22°12'13.86"N 72°55'9.04"EB 22°12'13.94"N 72°55'13.02"E

C 22°12'10.07"N 72°55'13.01"ED 22°12'9.92"N 72°55'9.09"E



2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

2.4.1 Land Breakup & Project Site Layout

Existing land area is 17165 m2 and proposed expansion will be carried out

in the existing premises. Greenbelt will be developed in around 5665 m2,

which tunes around 33% of the project area. The detailed existing and

proposed land break up is given below in Table 2.1, whereas the site

layout map is given in the Figure 2.4.

Table 2.1 Land break up

Sr.No.

Particular Area (m2)Existing Proposed

1 Technical plant 1344 26022 Utilities 275 6883 Laboratory & office 105 1054 Storage (RM & Finished Products) 304 7235 Solvent storage yard 37 3656 ETP 266 3867 Security area and rest room 71 718 Parking area 360 4009 Green belt 3200 566510 Internal Road 1485 256511 Non-utilized area 7852 130812 Other Miscellaneous facility 1866 2287

Total 17165 17165



Figure 2.4 Plant Layout



2.4.2 Project Magnitude

Current and proposed addition of the production capacity is given below:

Table 2.2: List of products and By-products with its capacity

Sr.No.

List of Products ExistingcapacityMTPM

ProposedadditionMTPM

TotalCapacity

MTPM1. CPC Blue Crude 100 500 6002. Pigment Alpha Blue 00 200 2003. Pigment Beta Blue 00 250 2504. Activated Crude Blue 00 250 2505. Pigment Green – 7 00 100 100

Total 100 1300 1400

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

Specifics Applied underthe Act

Specifics forapproval or legal

procedure

RelatedrecentStatus

Implementation

EC forExpansionof Project

UnderEnvironmentProtection Act,1986

EnvironmentClearance for theexpansion projectfrom MoEFCC as perthe guideline of EIANotification-2006 &amended time totime.

SubmittedForm-I, TORpresentation,TORs awardedon 26.07.2017

Project will expandafter obtaining ECfrom MoEFCC.

Operationof theExpansionProject

Under Air, Water,Hazardous Waste& Environment(Protection) Act,1986

CTE & CTO/CCA fromGPCB.

Will apply forCTE/CCA toGPCB.

After obtainingCC&A.



2.6 INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES (Plant equipment/Machineries/

Utilities)

The list of existing and proposed plant equipments/machineries/utilities is

given below in Table 2.3

Table 2.3 List of plant equipments/machineries/Utilities

Sr.No.

Name ofequipment/machineries

Nos. Capacity Status

1. Glass vessel 4 10KL Existing2. MS reactors 2 10KL Existing3. Dumping vessel 2 12.5 KL Existing4. Filter press 2 48” x 48” x 51 plats Existing5. Pigment vessels 2 15KL Existing6. Heat exchangers 2 60 M2 Existing7. Receivers 3 10KL Existing8. MS tank 4 20 KL Existing9. Glass vessel 4 20 KL Proposed10. MS reactors 4 20 KL Proposed11. Dumping vessel 5 10 KL Proposed12. Filter press 6 48” x 48” x 51 plats Proposed13. Pigment vessels 2 15KL Proposed14. Heat exchangers 4 100 M2 Proposed15. Receivers 4 15KL Proposed16. MS tank 6 20 KL ProposedUtility1. Steam Boiler 1 2.0 TPH Existing

1 5.0 TPH Proposed2. Hot Air Generator 1 3.0 lakhs kcal/hr. Existing

1 20 lakhs kcal/hr. Proposed3. D. G. Set 1 300 kVA Existing4. Thermic Fluid Heater 1 6.5 Lakhs Kcal/hr. Existing

1 15 Lakhs Kcal/hr. Proposed5. Spin Flash Dryer 4 - Proposed6. RO 6 10 KL/hr. Proposed7. MEE 1 10000 Kgs/hr Proposed8. ATFD 1 1000 Kgs/hr Proposed



2.7 DESCRIPTION OF MANUFACTURING PROCESS

The manufacturing process, chemical reactions & mass balance of each

product are mentioned below,

1. CPC Blue Crude:

Manufacturing Process:

Charge required quantity of Phthalic Anhydride, Urea in a Glass Vessel,

which is already having a solvent at desire temperature.

Heat the content to higher temperature and then add catalyst and

Cuprous Chloride to it.

Raise the temperature of the reaction mass at desire temperature and

maintain this temperature for 6/8 hours.

Generated Ammonium Carbonate from scrubber is recycled in same or

next cycle of CPC production.

After reaction is over, draw the sample and check for complete

conversion of Phthalic Anhydride to CPC Blue Crude.

Discharge the batch into Horizontal Rotary Vacuum Dryer (HRVD) and

remove the solvent under vacuum. After complete removal of solvent

and transfer the material to treatment tank.

First give acid treatment by addition spent sulfuric acid generated from

Alpha Blue production with live steam to remove impurity.

Filter the mass and give alkali treatment to wet cake by adding Caustic,

water and live steam.

After requisite treatment to CPC Blue Crude, filter it through PP Filter

Press.

Dry the material using Spin Flash Dryer (SFD) and collect the dried

powder in bags and send it to Godown.

Chemical Reaction:

4C8H4O3+2CO (NH2)2. 130°C ~ 140°C 4C8 NO2H5 + 2CO2 + 2H2OPhthalamide Eq.-I

140°C~170°C4C8 NO2H5+8CO(NH2)2. 4C8 H7NO2+2CO2+2H2O

Di-Amino Phthalamide180°C~190°C Eq.–II

4C8H7N3+CuCl C32H16N8Cu+NH4Cl+1/6N2+2/3 NH3Ammonium Molybdate CPC Blue Equ - III



Mass Balance

INPUT Kgs Kgs OUTPUT

Water 433 1430 Ammonium carbonate

997 NH3, CO2,H2O, N2

Ammonium carbonate 1430Solvent 3250PA 1000Urea 940CuCl 180Al. Moly. 3

3200 Solvent Recovery

Spent Acid from alphablue 3750 6160 ML MEEWater from Alpha Prd. 14000 16800 Waste WaterSteam 1750

Cuastic 100Water from Alpha Prd. 1800Steam 1750

3600 ML MEEWater 6500 3600 Waste Water

1096 Evaporation loss1000 Final Product

Total 36886 36886

SFD

Mass balance of CPC Blue Crude

RVD

Acid Treatment

Filter Press

Scrubber

Glass Vessel

Alkali Treatment

(Note: In the existing operation, the unit uses fresh sulphuric acid for the CPCBlue production, as there is no source of spent acid generation in currentoperation.

After expansion, unit proposes to manufacture Alpha Blue, which will generatespent sulfuric acid with impurity of CPC Blue only. So this spent acid generatedwill be used in the manufacturing of CPC without any adverse effect on productquality. Such reuse will lead to resource conservation and reduction in wastegeneration.)



2. Pigment Alpha Blue

Manufacturing Process

Blue Crude is grind in a Ball Mill or a Swing Mill.

The grind material is dissolved in Sulphuric Acid in a glass line rector

under cooling.

The dissolved material is dumped into cold water in FRP drowning

vessel where the pigment particle gets separated.

The material is filtered, washed and the cake is transferred to another

vessel for treatment.

In this treatment, water is taken and the wet cake is added. Additives

are added according to the product quality desired. Caustic is also

added to bring pH more than 9. The material is heated to a certain

temperature and filtered through PP Filter press. The wet cake of filter

press is washed with plenty of water till the pH of filtrate is neutral.

The wet cake is dried in Spin Flash Dryer and the material is collected

in jumbo bags and dispatched to godown for sale.

Chemical Reaction

No chemical reaction is involved in the manufacturing of CPC Alpha Blue,

only unit operations/ processes will be involved.



Mass Balance


Sulphuric Acid (98%) 3500 50 Acidic fumes Scrubbing systemCPC 1000

Water 3000Steam 2200

Water 21000 10500 Sulphuric acid (20-22%)19165 Waste Water (use in CPC Plant)

Water 2000Caustic 100Surfactent/Aditive 30Steam 2000

Water 6600 8865 Waste Water (use in CPC Plant)


Total 41430 41430

Filter Press

SFD

MSRL 25 KL

Mass balance of Pigment Alpha Blue

Glass Line Vessel

Filter Press

Alkali TreatmentMSRL Reactor



3. CPC Beta Blue


Charges dried CPC Blue Crude to Blender and homogenize the mass for

2 hours.

Add required quantities of salt in to the blender.

Blend the mass for 2-3 hours and remove the powder

Now, mill the powder in the Ball mill.

The milling operation should be carried out for at least 2 hours.

After milling the material charge for alkali treatment. Add solvent,

Caustic Lye (48%) and dispersion agent/emulsifier.

Mix the material thoroughly and heat the contents till the reflux stars.

Continue the reflux of solvent for 5 hours and then, start recovery of

the same.

Starts collecting recovered solvent in a separate tank and at the end of

the recovery inject live steam into the vessel to recover max. Quantity

of solvent.

Filter the mass and wash the material to neutral pH.

Route the wet cake to SFD for drying purpose and collect the material

in the HDPE/ Jumbo bags.

If necessary, blend the material in the blender and pack the material in

PP bags or Jumbo bags depending upon the requirement of the plant.

Chemical Reaction

No chemical reaction is involved in the manufacturing of CPC Beta Blue,

only unit operations/ processes will be involved.



Mass Balance


CPC 1000Salt 150

Caustic Flacks(98%) 30 995 XyleneWater 4000Xylene 1000Dispersing Agent 10Steam 2300

Water 20000 10695 Waste Water (ML)14300 Waste Water ETP)


Total 28490 28490

SFD

Mass balance of Pigment Beta Blue

Ball Mill

SS Reactor

Filter Press



4. Activated Crude Blue


CPC Blue Crude is to be charged with salt in the grinding mill. Only

sheering and grinding process occurs and Activated Crude Blue is

obtained. In this process desired particles shape and size are attained.

Chemical Reaction

No chemical reaction is involved in the manufacturing of Activated

Crude Blue, only unit operations will be involved.

Mass Balance


CPC 955 1000 Activated Crude BlueSalt 45

Total 1000 1000

Mass balance of Activated Crude Blue

Grinding Mill



5. CPC Green – 7:


Chlorine gas is reacted with CPC Blue in a eutetic mixture of Aluminium

Chloride and Sodium Chloride in presence of Cupric Chloride.

The reaction is carried out at high temperature and it is continuously

monitored for completion of reaction.

After the reaction is over the material is dumped in water and filtered.

The Mother Liquor of Aluminum Chloride is collected and sold to textile

mills or manufacturer of Poly Aluminum Chloride.

In the filter, wash the cake to neutral pH, then, it is removed from the

filter press.

The wet cake further purified in the pigmentation vessel in presence of

solvent and other ingredients.

After over the pigmentation, material is filtered again and washed with

water to bring the pH neutral.

Wet cake is removed from the filter press and dried in Spin Flash Dryer

to recover the CPC Green powder.

The powder is packed in 20 kgs. Bags or in jumbo bags and dispatched

to go down.

Chemical Reaction:

N

N N+

N

N+

N N

N Cu2-

Cl Cl Cl Al

Cl

Cl

+ + NaCl+

N

N N+

N

N+

N N

N Cu2-

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

ClCl

Cl

Cl

Cl

Cl

+ ClH



Mass Balance:


Water 800 700 HCl (22- to 25%)Caustic soln 500 900 Hypo

AlCl3 1800CPC 530Chlorine 1230CuCl2 80Salt 385

Water 8140 250 HCl (22- to 25%)

Water 15580 8360 AlCl3 Soln. (ML)15580 Waste water

Caustic Lye (98%) 90 3430 MCB/XyleneWater 2560Steam 2090MCB/Xylene 3490Dispersing Agent 30

Water 13955 6120 Waste Water (ML)13945 Waste Water ETP)


Total 49960 49960

Scrubber

SFD

Mass balance of Pigment Green-7

Glass Line Vessel

MSRL

Filter Press

MS Reactor

Filter Press



2.8 PROJECT COMPONENTS

Components of the project include all facilities required for the operation of

the project with legal necessity.

a) Input requirements: Raw materials, water, fuel, power, manpower.

b) Utility requirements: Boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater, Hot Air Generator,

process vessels, Spin Flash Dryer etc.

c) Pollution control facilities:

Water Treatment Facilities: ETP, RO, MEE, ATFD.

Air Pollution Control Facilities: Multi Cyclone, Dust collector, two stage

water scrubber, alkali scrubber and Bag Filter.

Hazardous/Solid waste facilities: Hazardous waste storage facility

d) Other facilities: Greenbelt

2.9 INPUT REQUIREMENTS

(a) Raw material requirement:

The details of the raw material requirement are given in Table 2.4. All the

raw materials are indigenously available and will be transported via

road/rail. The raw materials will be stored/ inventory will be maintained as

per market requirement of the products and production schedule.

Table 2.4 Raw Material Consumption details

Sr.No.

Raw Materials Existing(MT/month)

Proposed(MT/month)

Total(MT/month)

Phthalocyanine Blue Crude-100 to 600 MT/Month01 Phthalic Anhydride 100 500 60002 Urea 94 470 56403 Cuprous Chloride 18 90 10804 Solvent – Make up

(ONT)5 25 30

05 Spent/Fresh SulphuricAcid

375 1875 2250

0d Caustic Lye 10 50 60Pigment Alpha Blue -200 MT/Month01 CPC Blue Crude 0.0 200.0 200.002 Sulphuric Acid (98%) 0.0 700.0 700.003 Surfactant/Additives 0.0 6.0 6.004 Caustic Lye (48%) 0.0 20.0 20.0

Pigment Beta Blue -250 MT/Month01 CPC Blue Crude 0.0 250 25002 Salt 0.0 12.5 12.5



03 Solvent – Make up(Xylene)

0.0 1.25 1.25

04 Dispersing Agent 0.0 2.5 2.505 Caustic Flakes 0.0 7.5 7.5

Activated Crude Blue-250 MT/Month01 CPC Blue Crude 0.0 239 23902 Salt 0.0 11 11

Pigment Green – 7-100 MT/Month01 CPC Blue Crude 0.0 53.0 53.002 Liq. Chlorine 0.0 123.0 123.003 Aluminium Chloride 0.0 180.0 180.004 Sodium Chloride 0.0 38.5 38.505 Cupric Chloride 0.0 8.0 8.006 Dispersing Agent 0.0 3.0 3.007 Caustic Lye (98%) 0.0 9.0 9.008 Solvent – Make up

(MCB/Xylene)0.0 6.0 6.0

(b) Water requirement:

At present, total water requirement (Industrial + Domestic + Greenbelt) is

95.5 KLD. After expansion, it will be increased up to 1537 KLD; out of

which 479 KLD will be fresh water requirement & 1058 KLD will be

recycle/treated water. Major water consumption will be process 800 KLD,

cooling 300 KLD, Boiler 250 KLD, and washing 100 KLD. Water demand for

greenbelt of 25 KLD will be met from treated wastewater of STP. Water

consumption in each category and Water balance diagram is given in

Table 2.5 and Figure 2.5, respectively. Current and future source of

fresh water is and will be Bore Well.



Table 2.5 Breakup of water consumption & w/w generation

Water Consumption

Sr.No.

Category Water Consumption(KL/day)

Remarks

Existing AfterProposedExpansion

1. Domestic 20 30 Fresh water2. Gardening 15 25 Recycle Water

(treated water from STP)3. Industrial

Process 23 800 Recycle Water/Fresh Water

Lab 1 5 Fresh waterScrubber 6.5 17 Fresh waterWashing 13 100 Fresh water

Boiler 9 250 Recycle Water/Fresh Water

Cooling Tower 3 300 Recycle Water/Fresh Water

Water treatment 5 10 Reject from WaterTreatment

Total Industrial 60.5 1482Total water consumption 95.5 1537Recycled water 14 1058Actual fresh waterrequirements

81.5 479

Wastewater generationSr.No.

Category Wastewater Generation(KL/day)

Existing After ProposedExpansion

1. Domestic 8 252. Gardening 0 03.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

IndustrialProcess 16.4 858

Lab 1 5Scrubber 0 2Washing 2 100

Boiler 3 25Cooling Tower 1.4 75

Water treatment 0 10Total Industrial 23.8 1075Total wastewater generation 31.8 1100Effluent disposal to CETP-EICL 23.8 22



Figure 2.5 Water Balance Diagram (Total after expansion)

[†RO reject (from utilities wastewater treatment) of 22 KLD will be sent to CETP-EICL.Membership certificate of EICL (30 KLD) is included as Annexure-VIII. Moreoverproposed discharge to CETP will not exceed current consented levels of 23.8 KLD.‡ Treated water from STP will be used for Greenbelt]

Total water consumption= 1537 KLD[479 (Fresh water) + 1058* (recycle)]

Lab5

Process800

Utility560

Greenbelt25‡

Domestic30

Washing100

Total Volume858

ETP

5.0+2.0+858+100=965

Blowdown25

Live Steam140

5

To STP25‡

ToGreenbelt

Boiler250

Scrubber17

34.0(NH4)2CO3

Reuse inprocess ofCPC Blue

Cooling300

RO965

Permeate765*

Condensate180*

(HCl + Hypo)6.5

2.0 S. acid80

WaterRet withRM 91

Bleedoff75

MEE/ATFD200

Salt5.0

System Loss15.0

ETP75 + 25 + 10 =110

RO110

Permeate88*

CETP-EICLUmraya

22†

D. Loss60

AlCl3(20%) 33



(c) Power:

Total power requirement is and will be sourced from Madhya Gujarat Vij

Company Ltd. (MGVCL). At present, power requirement is 300 KVA and

proposed power requirement for expansion activities will be 750 KVA. Unit

has installed 1 stand by D.G. Set with Capacity 300 KVA. D.G. set will be

operated only during failure of power supply by state grid.

(d) Fuel:

At present, steam boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater & Hot Air Generator

consumes 125 MT/Month LDO and 300 MT/Month coal/agro waste; and 75

lit/hr. of HSD in D.G. set (300 kVA). After expansion, fuel requirement will

be 1010 MT/Month of coal/Agro waste in the utilities; and the same 75

lit/hr. of HSD in D.G. set (300 kVA).

(e) Manpower:

After expansion, total manpower will be 100; i.e. existing 35 nos. and

proposed 65 nos. which include manpower at all levels (i.e. chemists,

supervisors, operators, miscellaneous etc.).



2.10 GENERATION OF POLLUTANTS

The sources of pollution will be as below;

2.10.1 Wastewater generation

After expansion, total industrial wastewater generation will be increased

from 23.8 KLD to 1075 KLD. The main source of the industrial wastewater

generation will be from process (858 KLD), washing (100 KLD) and utilities

(Boiler & cooling - 100 KLD) among others. Domestic wastewater

generation will be 25 KLD. The details of each wastewater generation

(existing & after proposed expansion) are given in Table 2.5. Water

balance diagram is given in Figure 2.5.

2.10.2 Gaseous Emissions

At present, flue gas emission is from stacks attached with boiler, Hot air

generator & Thermic Fluid Heater (TFH) and stand by D. G. Set (300 kVA).

D. G. Set will be treated as standby & use in case of non-availability of

power and or emergency. After expansion, there will be addition of flue

gas stack of Boiler, Hot air generator & Thermic Fluid Heater. Most

probable pollutants will be SPM, SO2 and NOx. Current process emission is

from the process vessel of CPC blue. After expansion, process emission will

be from process vessel of CPC Blue, Chlorination & dumping vessel of CPC

green, process vessel of alpha blue and spin flash dryers. The details of

the flue gas stacks & process gas stacks are given in Table 2.6 and Table2.7, respectively.

Sources of fugitive emission:In proposed activities, there will be chances of generation of acid fumes

and VOCs from material handling area and process area. There will be also

changes of generation of PM (Dust) from packing/ finishing area.



Table 2.6 Details of Existing stacksSr.No.

Stackattached

to

StackHeight

(m)

Fuel Fuelconsumption

rate

APCmeasures

Probableemission

Flue Gas stacks1. Steam Boiler

2 ton/Hr.30 Coal/

Agrowaste

250MT/month

Multi Cyclone,Dust Collector

PM<150 mg/Nm3

SO2<100 ppmNOx<50 ppm2. Thermic

Fluid Heater(6.5 LakhsKcal/Hr.)

3. Hot AirGenerator(3.0 LakhsKcal/Hr.)

30 Coal/Agrowaste

50MT/month

Cyclone DustCollector

4. D. G. Set(300 kVA)

9 HSD 75 Lit/hr. -

Process Gas stacks1. Process

VesselCPC Blue

10 - - Two stagewater

Scrubber

NH3<175 mg/Nm3

Table 2.7 Details of Proposed stacks

Sr.No.

Stackattached

to

StackHeight

(m)

Fuel Fuelconsumption

rate

APCmeasures

Probableemission

Proposed Flue Gas stacks1. Steam Boiler

(5.0 ton/Hr)30 Coal/

Agrowaste

510MT/month


PM<150 mg/Nm3

SO2<100 ppmNOx<50 ppm2. Thermic

Fluid Heater(15.0 LakhsKcal/hr.)

215MT/month

3. Hot AirGenerator(20.0 LakhsKcal/hr.)

30 Coal/Agrowaste

285MT/month


Proposed Process Gas stacks1. Process

VesselCPC Blue

21 - - Two stagewater Scrubber

NH3<175 mg/Nm3

2. Chlorination& DumpingVessel ofCPC Green

21 - - Two StageWater ScrubberFollowed byalkali scrubber

HCl<20 mg/Nm3

Cl2 <10 mg/Nm3

3. Processvessel ofAlpha blue

11 - - Alkali Scrubber SO2<40 mg/Nm3

4. Spin FlashDryer – 1&2

11 - - Bag Filter SPM<150 mg/Nm3

5. Spin FlashDryer – 3&4

11 - - Bag Filter SPM<150 mg/Nm3



2.10.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste generation

Main source of hazardous waste generation is ETP sludge & MEE salt, used

lubricating oil and discarded containers/barrels/liners. After expansion,

source of Hazardous waste generation will increase but existing sources

will remain same but there will be increase in the quantity of all the

existing hazardous waste generation. The details of each hazardous waste

generation are given in Table 2.8.

Table 2.8. Details of Hazardous Waste Generation

Sr.No.

Type ofWaste

Categoryas perHWMRules2016

Quantity in MT/Month Disposal methodExisting Proposed Total

1. ETP Sludge 35.3 80MT/month

150MT/month

230MT/month

Collection, storage,transportation & disposalat TSDF site approved byGPCB.

2. Salt fromMEE

0.0 140MT/month

140MT/month

Collection, storage,transportation & disposalat TSDF site approved byGPCB.

3. Discardedcontainers/barrels/liners

33.1 Drum:250 Nos./

monthLiner:0.33MT/month

Drum:1000 Nos./

monthLiner:5

MT/month

Drum:1250 Nos./

monthLiners:5.33

MT/month

Being used for packing ofETP sludge, in case ofexcess it will be sold toapproved recycler ortraders.

4. UsedLubricatingOil

5.1 0.085Kl/year

0.915Kl/year

1.0 Kl/year It will be sold toapproved recycler withGPCB.

5. AmmoniumCarbonate

Sch. IIB(15)

37.29MT/month

186.45MT/month

223.74MT/month

Collection, storage andcaptive use.

6. Inorganicacid (H2SO4)

Sch. IIB(15)

0.0 2100MT/month

2100MT/month

Collection, storage andcaptive use.

7. Inorganicacid (HCl)(~20%)

Sch. IIB(15)

0.0 70MT/month

70MT/month

Collection, storage andtransportation and soldto actual users as perRule-9 of HAZ Rules.

8. Sodium HypoChloriteSolution(~12%)

Sch. IIB(15)

0.0 90MT/month

90MT/month


9. Halogenatedcompounds(AluminumChloride)(~20%)

Sch. IIB(15)

00 800MT/month

800MT/month




2.10.4 Noise Pollution

At present, the main source of noise generation is from boiler, process

plant, vehicular transportation & other machineries. There will be increase

in noise level due to proposed expansion activities, by installation of

additional mechanical equipment. The noise level in the unit is well within

the prescribed limit.

2.11 POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

The unit is equally conscious about the pollution control strategy. The

details of pollution control strategy for various parameters are given here

under,

2.11.1 Effluent ManagementThe main source of the industrial wastewater generation will be from

process, washing & utilities. The details of the wastewater generation

(existing & after proposed expansion) are shown in Table 2.5. Currently,

unit is treating their wastewater up to CETP-EICL, Umraya norms fixed by

GPCB in in-house ETP. After proposed expansion, Wastewater generated

will be segregated into two streams, process wastewater and utilities

wastewater. Wastewater from process, washing, scrubber and lab will be

treated in ETP followed by RO. RO permeate will be recycled and RO reject

will be treated in MEE/ATFD setup. Effluent from the utilities (cooling and

boiler) will be treated in separate ETP followed by RO; RO permeate will be

recycled and RO reject (from only utilities wastewater treatment) will be

sent to CETP-EICL, Umraya for final disposal and treatment. Proposed

setup with wastewater quantification is shown in Figure 2.5.

Detailed Effluent treatment scheme:

There will be mainly three streams generated during the manufacturing

process, (i) concentrated stream (ML of acidic treatment of Alpha Blue),

which will be captively used; (ii) ML containing Aluminum Chloride, which

will be sold to actual users or recycler facility approved by GPCB; and (ii)

General/weak wastewater stream from manufacturing activities of other

product and utility section, which will be treated in-house by ETP-RO-

MEE/ATFD. The effluent treatment plant is based on segregation system of

difference streams.



ETP Description: Company plans to reuse treated wastewater to reduce

the fresh water requirement. It is estimated that total 1075 KLD of

industrial effluent will be generated from various stages. Out of which, 110

KLD of utility wastewater and reject of water treatment will be passed

though RO and permeate will be recycled. Other 965 KLD of Process, lab,

scrubber & washing wastewater will be treated by RO-MEE and permeate-

condensate will be recycled. Highly acidic spent acid will be consumed in

the unit itself in the production of CPC Blue crude; additionally, water

generated from alpha blue will be used in production of CPC blue crude

hence no generation of effluent from the manufacturing of alpha blue

product. Other high concentrate waste stream is AlCl3 from Green-7 which

will be directly sold to PAC-Poly Aluminum Chloride manufacturer working

in the close vicinity of the plant. The Company will install a full-fledged ETP

plant which comprises of neutralization, equalization, settling, filtration

through carbon and sand filters to remove suspended particles. RO,

MEE/ATFD will be provided to achieve zero discharge of industrial effluent.

Design details of ETP and technical details of MEE, ATFD, and RO are given

in Table 2.9–2.12; flow diagram is given as Figure 2.6.

2.11.2 Air Pollution Control

Flue gas stacks

Flue gas emission is due to the combustion of fuel. At present, a agro

waste/coal is used as fuel in stack of boiler, TFH and HAG. Multi cyclone

dust collector is installed as APCM for stack attached to boiler, TFH, HAG.

After expansion, there is addition of stack of boiler, HAG, THF. To control

Air pollution (PM), multi cyclone dust collector will be installed as APC. Unit

has installed D.G. set with capacity of 300 kVA; no APCM will be installed.

It will be treated as standby & use in case of non-availability of power and

or emergency. Diesel will be used as fuel. The details of the stacks with

their APC measures & height are given in Table 2.6 & Table 2.7.

Process stacks/vents

At present, process gas emission is from the stack attached to process

vessel of CPC blue. After expansion, process gas emission will be from

process vessels, dumping and chlorination vessels and spin flash dryer.

Two stage water scrubber, alkali scrubber and bag filters will be introduced



as an APCM. The details of process gas stacks with their APC measures &

height are given in Table 2.6 & Table 2.7. Furthermore, for all stacks,

adequate stack height and facility for sampling such as ladder and

sampling point will be provided as per the GPCB guidelines.

Fugitive Emission Control

To control fugitive emission, following steps will be implemented:

Entire process will be carried out in closed reactors.

Pneumatically transfer of liquid raw material in reactor.

Raw material will be stored in the covered structure.

Regular maintenance of valves, pipes etc.

PPEs will be provided to the workers.

Frequent work area monitoring will be done ensure fugitive

emissions level.

Greenbelt will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive

emission.

2.11.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per

Hazardous & Other waste (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Rules, 2016. Currently unit is disposing its ETP sludge at TSDF site; TSDF

membership certificates are included in Annexure. After expansion, ETP

sludge and MEE salt will be disposed to approved TSDF site. Whereas

discarded drums/containers are/will be reused and in case of excess,

disposed of by selling to registered recyclers. Used lubricating oil is/will be

sold to approve recyclers. HCl, sodium hypo chlorite, and aluminum

chloride will be sold to the actual users. The unit has provided isolated

area with impervious flooring for the storage of hazardous waste. Thus,

hazardous waste management system provided by the unit will be

adequate and there will not be any major impact on the environment due

to hazardous waste. The details of hazardous waste generation are given

in Table 2.8.

Fly Ash management

In existing operation, fly ash is generated around 1 MT/day. Total fly ash

generation after proposed expansion will be 3.2 MT/day. Fly ash is sold to



brick manufacturer working in 25 km radius from project site and also

supplied to the companies for land leveling, conditioning & road

construction, etc.

Solvent Recovery & Management

After completion of processes (desired conversion of raw materials to

products), the batch will be discharged into Horizontal Rotary Vacuum

Dryer (RVD), where solvent will be removed under vacuum. Recovered

solvent will be recycled in the next batch. Thus, there will be no generation

of spent solvent from the process which needs disposal or separate

purification. After reusing the recover solvent, only make up (required

balance quantity) will be added in next batch.

2.11.4 Noise control measures

The main noise generating sources in the plant are operation of material

handling, process plant and boiler/TFH/HAG/D.G. set among other

machineries. All these sources will generate continuous noise. However,

the noise transmitted outside the plant boundary will be low because most

of the noise generating equipments will be in closed structures provided

with acoustic enclosure. Equipments will be statically and dynamically

balanced. Ear muff, ear plug will be provided to all workers working at

noisy area. Additionally, extensive oiling, lubrication, periodic monitoring

and regular maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and

equipments to reduce noise generation. Moreover, adequate greenbelt will

be developed within premises and around the periphery to prevent the

noise pollution. By taking measures as mentioned, it is anticipated that

noise levels in the plant will be maintained below the permissible limit.

2.12 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Unit proposes to develop rain water harvesting structure outside the

factory premises to avoid any ground water contamination.

2.13 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The unit will add to and dense existing greenbelt area to 5665 m2, which

will tune around 33% of the project area. Additionally, the unit will

develop the greenbelt in areas available outside the plant, if necessary.



2.14 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

The company is concerned with the health, safety and environment

protection. The company will formulate and develop an ‘Occupational

Health & Safety Policy’ to ensure good health and safety of its employees.

Following key safety measures shall be a part of the Health & Safety policy

of the company and shall be followed after the project implementation:

Safety Training shall be provided to the employees.

Safety Sirens with Alarm System in case of emergency shall be

provided.

Fire Hydrant System shall be installed.

Fire Extinguishers shall be provided.

Mock drills shall be periodically conducted and factors like response

time shall be evaluated.

First Aid Facility and training shall be provided.

Personnel protective Equipment shall be provided to the employees.

Health check-ups shall be organized at regular intervals.

Safety/Health records and MSDS shall be maintained.



Table 2.9(a) Details of Existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Sr. No. Unit Capacity (m3)1 Collection Tank 20

2 Neutralisation Tank 60




6 Filter Press- 1 Nos 48” x 36 Plats

7 Filtrate collection Tank 60



10 Stripper 60

11 Treated water Tank 60

12 Copper recovery unit 40

13 Treated Water 40

14 Sludge storage area -




Table 2.9(b) Details of Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Sr. No. Unit Capacity (m3)1 Collection Tank 20

2 Equalization Tank 60

3 Equalization Tank 60



6 Filter Press-2 Nos 48” x 36 Plats






12 Copper recovery unit 40

13 Final treated collection Tank 40

14 Reverse Osmoses system Table 2.12

15 Permeate water collection Tank 60

16 Reject collection Tank 40

17 MEE & ATFD Table 2.10 & 2.11

18 Condensate water collection Tank 60




Table 2.10

Technical Details of MEE

Sr. No. Description Unit Value1 Water Evaporation capacity Kgs/hr 90002 Feed rate Kgs/hr 100003 Concentrate outlet rate Kgs/hr 10004 Total solids in product feed TDS% 3%5 Total solids in Concentrate outlet TDS% 30%6 Concentrate outlet temp ˚C 60-657 Cooling water inlet/outlet temp ˚C 32-408 Cooling water quantity m3/hr 1809 Require steam pressure Kg/cm2 0710 Motive steam consumption Kgs/hr 180011 Plant power requirement HP 23012 Cooling tower power with fan HP 3513 Vaccum pump power HP 2014 Operating hours Hrs/day 2015 Total power require

Absorb powerHP

KWH285190

16 Thermic oil flow require m3/hr 6517 Thermic oil heat require Kcal/hr 9.5 lacs18 Inlet/outlet temp ˚C 185-200



Table 2.11

Technical specification of ATFD

Sr.No.

Particulars Unit Value

1 Water Evaporation capacity Kgs/hr 6502 Feed rate Kgs/hr 10003 Concentrate outlet pump Kgs/hr 3504 Total solids in product feed TDS% 30%5 Total solids in concentrate outlet TDS% 85%6 Concentrate outlet temp Around ˚C 60-657 Cooling water inlet/outlet temp Around ˚C 32-408 Cooling water quantity M3/hr 659 Require steam pressure Kg/cm2 0710 Motive steam consumption thermic oil

heat requireflow require

Kgs/hrKcal/hrM3/hr

7854.20 lacs

2811 Plant power requirement HP 2712 Cooling tower power with fan HP 1013 Blower pump power HP 0514 Operating hours Hrs/day 2015 Total power required HP

KWH4233

16 Salt recover with 10% moist Kg/hr 350



Table 2.12

Technical specification of RO

Sr.No.

Particulars Specification

1 Type of membrane Thin film composite spiral wound2 MOC of membrane Polyamide3 Make of membrane Dow-Filmtec-USA4 Size of membrane 8040

5 MOC of membrane housing FRP6 Make of membrane housing Matrix/Equiv7 No. of housings Two8 No. of membranes 6 nos.9 Operating pressure 12-14 kg/cm2

10 Recovery 75-80% (approx.)11 High pressure piping from SS 316



Figure 2.6

Process flow chart of Proposed ETP

Sr. No. Unit Sr. No. Unit1 Collection Tank 11 Treated water Tank

2 Equalization Tank 12 Copper recovery unit

3 Equalization Tank 13 Final treated collection Tank

4 Neutralization Tank 14 Reverse Osmoses system

5 Neutralization Tank 15 Permeate water collection Tank

6 Filter Press-2 Nos 16 Reject collection Tank

7 Filtrate collection Tank 17 MEE & ATFD

8 Filtrate collection Tank 18 Condensate water collection Tank

9 Filtrate collection Tank 19 Sludge storage area

10 Treated water Tank



Table 2.13

Characteristic of untreated and treated effluent of Process W/w

Parameters Unit Untreatedeffluent

Treatedeffluent

CETP inletNorms

pH pH Unit 3.5-4.5 7.2-7.5 5.0-9.0Color Co-Pt

Unit1650-2000 75-100 --

SS mg/L 600-700 150-200 600TDS mg/L 7500-8000 6500-7000 --COD mg/L 2200-2500 1000-1500 2000BOD mg/L 700-800 200-250 500Oil & Grease mg/L 15-20 7.5-10 20Copper mg/L 15-20 1.5-2.0 2Ammonical Nitrogen mg/L 2500-3000 40-50 50



Table 2.14

Details of STP; Design Capacity-40 KLD

Sr.

No.

Name of Unit Dimension(m)

No. ofUnit

Capacity(m3)

1 Bar screen Standard supply 1 -2 Oil and Grease Trap 1.0 x 1.0x 1.0 1 1.03 Collection Tank 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.6 + 0.5 F.B 1 13.0

4 Aeration Tank 3.0 x 3.0 x 3.3 + 0.5 F.B 1 25.25 Settling Tank 1.5 x 1.5 x 1.5 + 0.5 F.B 1 2.25

surfacearea

6 Chlorine Contact Tank 1.6 x 1.6 x 1.8 + 0.5 F.B 1 3.37 Buffer Tank 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.6 + 0.5 F.B 1 13.08 Pressure Sand Filter Standard supply 1 --9 Activated Carbon Filter Standard supply 1 --10 Final Treated Sewage Tank 2.3 x 2.3 x 2.4 + 0.5 F.B 1 10.011 Sludge Drying Bed 1.5 x 1.5 x 1.5 + 0.5 F.B 1 2.25

surfacearea

12 Hypo Dosing Tank - 1 -



Chapter-3

Description of Environment

3.1 GENERAL

To assess environmental impacts from proposed project at a specific

location, it is essential to monitor the existing environmental quality

prevailing in the surrounding area prior to implementation of the project.

The environmental status within the impact zone could be used for

identification of significant environmental issues to be addressed in the

impact assessment study. Baseline data generation forms a part of the

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study and helps to evaluate the

predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study

area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted impact

assessment methodologies.This section contains the description of

baseline studies of 10 km radius surrounding the project site. The baseline

study was carried out to understand following environmental parameters.

Land Environment

Meteorology

Air Environment

Water Environment

Soil Environment

Noise Environment

Biological Environment

Socio-economic Environment

The data collected has been used to understand the existing environment

scenario around the project site against which the potential impacts of the

proposed project can be assessed.

3.2 STUDY AREA

The unit is located at Survey No. 85/B, ECP Canal Road, AT & P Karakhadi,

Tal-Padra, Dist: Vadodara, Gujarat.An area of 10 km radius from the

boundary of the project site is considered as study area for the EIA study

as per the TOR issued by MoEF&CC.



Table 3.1 Environmental setting of the study area

Name of the Project M/s. Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit II)

Location

Plot/ Survey No. Survey No. 85/B

Village ECP Canal Road, AT & P Karakhadi

Tehsil Padra

District Vadodara

State Gujarat

Area 17165 m2

Latitude 22°12'11.18"N

Longitude 72°55'10.88"E

Nearest





National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary None, within 10 km radius

3.3 STUDY PERIOD

Baseline environmental quality represents the background scenario of

various environmental components. As part of EIA study, baseline

environmental monitoring was done over a radial distance of 10 km

around the project site during the period of October, 2017 to

December, 2017.

3.4 SOURCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA GENERATION

Baseline information on micrometeorology, ambient air quality, water

quality, noise level, soil quality and ecology (flora-fauna) are generated by

M/s. San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad. Apart from these,

secondary data have been collected from census book, revenue records,

soil survey and forest department, meteorological department etc. The

generation of primary as well as collection of secondary data &information

from the site and surrounding was carried out during the period of

October, 2017 to December, 2017.

3.5 METHODOLOGY

The process & methodology adopted for various environmental attributes

in the study is as follows:

To assess the Air environment in the study area, monitoring of the Air

quality was done by setting up reconnaissance. The samples were



collected by installation of Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) Sampler

(with gaseous attachment & FPS facility) at different locations for

monitoring of primary air pollutants to work out the existing status of

air quality.

Ground water samples& surface water samples were analyzed for the

parameters necessary to determine water quality (based on IS: 10500-

2012 criteria) and those which are relevant from the point of view of

environmental impacts of the project site.

Soil samples were collected using an Auger and analyzed for relevant

physico-chemical characteristics in order to assess the impact on soil.

The noise level monitoring was done at various locations at different

intervals of time with the help of sound level meter.

Socio-economic data was collected from field studies and secondary

sources like Census of India 2011, Revenue record, etc.

3.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Land Cover is the physical material at the surface of the earth (includes

grass, trees, bare ground, water etc.); whereas Land use is the human use

of land. Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play an important role

in identifying susceptible issues and to take appropriate action to uphold

ecological equilibrium in the region. Main objective is to provide a baseline

status of the study area so that temporal changes due to the proposed

activities on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

3.6.1 Land use pattern of the Study Area

The study area of 10-km around the project site is considered in the land

use pattern study. The term land-use indicates the way in which the land

is utilized for different purposes. The land-use distribution of the study

area is given in Table 3.2.Land-use map is given in Figure 3.1.

3.6.2 Objective of Land Use Studies

The objectives of land use studies are (i) to develop land use & land cover

map using land coordinates of the project area, (ii) to identify and mark

important basic features according primary and secondary data, and (iii)

to suggest measures for conservation and sustainable use of land.



Figure 3.1Land use map

Table 3.2 Land use statistics work out based on satellite imaginary

Description Area (Sq. km.) Area (%)

Built Up Industrial 2.58 0.82

Built Up Residential 6.23 1.98

Crop Land 184.47 58.63

Dense Scrub 2.71 0.86

Fallow Land 21.24 6.75

Marsh Land 13.81 4.39

Marsh Vegetation 7.71 2.45

Mudflat 42.82 13.61

Mudflat With Vegetation 0.63 0.2

Open Scrub 10.45 3.32

River 13.72 4.36

Saline Area 3.52 1.12

Salt Pan 2.23 0.71

Water Body 2.52 0.8

Total 314.64 100



3.6.3 Topography

The site area is plain with little undulating at few places. Agriculture and

allied activities are most predominant in this area. Fallow land and barren

lands were less observed near project site. There are no Eco Fragile Zone

or Natural Forest near project site in study area. Toposheet of location

with site location map of 10 km radius at 1:25,000 and 1:50,000 scale is

shown in Figure 3.12 & 3.13, respectively.

3.6.4 Seismicity of the area

The project site falls under seismic zone III. The Seismic Zone Map of

Gujarat is given below.

3.7 METEOROLOGY

Meteorology is the key to understand the air quality. Wind fluctuations

over a very wide range of time, accomplish dispersion and strongly

influence other processes associated with them. The micrometeorological

conditions at the project site will be regulating the transport and diffusion

of air pollutants released into the atmosphere.

3.7.1 Site specific micro-meteorological data

The data on surface meteorological parameters in the study area were

collected from October, 2017 to December, 2017, by setting up

portable weather monitoring station placed at project site. The sensor of

the equipment was kept at sufficient height (about 10 m) from ground

level with free exposure to the atmosphere. The monitoring methodology

is given in Table 3.3&data collected are presented in Table 3.4. The

following parameters were recorded at hourly intervals during monitoring

period:

• Wind speed & Wind direction

• Temperature



• Relative humidity

• Rainfall

Table 3.3: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

S.

No.

Sampling

Parameters

Sample Collection Total

Sampling

Period

Sampling

Frequency

Methodology

Sampling

Equipment

Sensitivity/

Detection

Limit

1 Wind Speed Anemometer

cup counter

(0 to 65 m/s)

0.25 m/s Oct to

Dec,2017

Hourly As per

manufacturer‟s

manual,

Instruments

are

Calibrated

2 Wind

Direction

Wind vane

(0° to 357°)

10

3 Temperature Thermometer

(-40° to 60°)

0.10C

4 Humidity Thermometer

(-40° to 60°)

3%

5 Rainfall Rain gauge 0.5 mm

6 Cloud Cover -- -- 4 Hourly Visual

Inspection by

the observer

Table 3.4: Meteorological Data for the Monitoring Period

(Oct, 2017 to Dec, 2017)

Month Wind speed

(km/hr.)

Pre

dominant

wind

direction

Temp.

(0C)

Relative

Humidity

(%)

Rain fall (mm)

Max Min Max Min Max Min 24 hrs.

highest

No. of

rainy days

Oct,17 11 1 ENE,NE,NNE 38 27 80 15 No rainfall during

the study period Nov,17 24 2 ENE,NE,E 36 22 54 16

Dec,17 31 3 ENE,NE,NNE 32 17 78 17

3.7.2 Wind Rose

Wind rose is the diagrammatic representation of wind speed in a specified

direction with its arms representing sixteen directions, each arms give a

clear frequency distribution of wind speed in a particular direction for a

given period of time. It is one of the most important meteorological

parameters and governs dispersion, diffusion & transportation of

pollutants.The % frequencies of wind in 16 directions have been computed

from the recorded data during the study period for 24-hourly intervals to

plot wind rose. The predominant wind directions –ENE,NE,NNE; implying

that winds come from these directions for most of the time during the

period. The wind speed class 1-5 kmph occurred for 20.51%, 6-10 kmph

about 31.29%, 11-15 kmph21.7% and above 15 kmph and below 40

kmph occurred for 13.22% of the study period. Calm wind during this

period is 13.22%. Wind rose diagram is shown as Figure 3.8.



3.8 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

3.8.1 Introduction

To quantify the impact of the proposed project on the ambient air quality,

it is necessary to evaluate the existing ambient air quality of the area. The

ambient air quality monitoring with respect to the study area of 10 km

radius around the project site was done for the baseline information.

3.8.2 Design Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a

scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design

of monitoring network is based on the following considerations:

Topography/Terrain of the study area

Populated areas within the region

Prediction of maximum concentrations and distances of their likely

occurrence under prevailing meteorological conditions

Representation of regional background

Representatives of likely impact areas

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) stations were placed at eight

locations with due consideration to the above mentioned points.

3.8.3 Reconnaissance

Reconnaissance was undertaken to establish the baseline status of air

environment in the study region. The prime objective of the NAAQ survey,

within 10 km radial study area around the proposed project, was to

establish the existing ambient air quality levels. The monitoring locations

(relative directions and distances) are given in Table 3.11&shown in

Figure 3.7and results are given in Table 3.12 to 3.17.

3.8.4 Parameters, Frequency and monitoring Methodology

The existing ambient air quality, in terms of Particulate Matter-10 (PM10),

Particulate Matter-2.5 (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen

(NOx), CarbonMonoxide (CO), Hydro Carbon (HCs), Hydrochloric acid

(HCl), Chlorine(Cl2), Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)&Ammonia

(NH3)has been measured. It was ensured that, the equipment was placed

at open space free from any obstacles at a height of at least 3 to 4 m

above the ground level at each monitoring station to avoid the effects of

wind-blown ground dust. Monitoring has been carried out as per the latest



CPCB and MoEF&CC guidelines and notifications. Details of methodology

are given in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

Sampling Parameters

Instrument used Analytical equipment

Detection Limit

Test method

PM10 RDS (Respirable Dust Sampler)

Electronic Balance 1 μg/m3 Gravimetric IS: 5182 (Part 23) 2006

PM2.5 FPM (Fine ParticulateSampler) APM 550

Electronic Balance 1 μg/m3 GravimetricCPCB Guidelinesfor Ambient AirMonitoring

SO2 Gaseous flowattachment with RDS sampler

SpectroPhotometer 2.5 μg/m3

Colorimetric IS: 5182: (Part II) 2001

NOx Gaseous

flowattachment with RDS sampler

SpectroPhotometer 6.0 μg/m3

Colorimetric IS: 5182:

(Part VI) 2006

HCl Gaseous flowattachment with RDS sampler

Titrimetric 1 μg/m3 Titrimetric

Cl2 Gaseous flow attachment with RDS sampler

Spectro Photometer

1 μg/m3 Colorimetric IS 518 (Part XIX): 1982

NH3 Gaseous flowattachment with RDS sampler

SpectroPhotometer 10 μg/m3 CPCB Guidelinesfor Ambient AirMonitoring

CO Bladder & Pump

Gas Chromatograph

1 ppm Gas Chromatography

HC Bladder & Pump Gas

Chromatograph

1 ppm Gas

Chromatography

VOC Bladder & Pump Gas

Chromatograph

1 ppm Gas

Chromatography

The duration of sampling of PM2.5, PM10, SO2& NOx was 24-hourly

continuous sampling per day and CO, HC, HCl, Cl2, VOCs& NH3was sampled

for 8-hours duration. The monitoring was done for twice a week for three

months. Parameters and frequency of sampling is giveninTable 3.6.

Table 3.6 Monitored Parameters and Frequency of Sampling

Parameters Sampling frequency

Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

24 hourly sample twice a week for three months

Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10)

24 hourly sample twice a week for three months

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) 24 hourly sample twice a week for three months

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 hourly sampling

Hydro Carbon (HC) 8 hourly sampling

Hydrochloric acid (HCl) 8 hourly sampling

Chlorine (Cl2) 8 hourly sampling

Ammonia (NH3) 8 hourly sampling

Volatile Organic Compounds

(VOCs)

8 hourly sampling



3.8.5 Interpretation of result

The existing baseline levels with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NOX, HCl, Cl2

and NH3 are tabulated in Tables 3.13 to 3.17& chart is given as figure

3.2 to 3.6.

Particulate Matter (PM10)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM10 values at all the

locations are found from 69.2 - 79.5 g/m3 and 72.8 - 89.1 g/m3. The

results were found well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(NAAQS-CPCB) of 100 g/m3 and have negligible adverse impact by

proposed project activities.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM2.5 values at all the

locations ranges from 33.6- 39.8g/m3 and 40.1 - 58.5 g/m3. The values

are well within National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS-CPCB) of 60

g/m3 and have negligible adverse impact by proposed project activities.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value of arithmetic

mean at all the locations ranged from 12.4 – 14.1 g/m3 and 14.4 – 16.9

g/m3 respectively, which are well below National Ambient Air Quality

Standards (NAAQS-CPCB) of 80 g/m3 and have negligible adverse impact

by proposed project activities.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24 hourly NOx value of arithmetic

mean at all the locations ranged from 14.5-16.2 g/m3 and 16.5-19.5

g/m3 respectively, which are well below the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards (NAAQS-CPCB) of 80 g/m3 and have negligible adverse impact

by proposed project activities.

3.9 WATER ENVIRONMENT

3.9.1 Hydro-Geology of the Study Area

The rocks of the Vadodara district shows an age from Proterozoic to

Recent but a striking features of the district stratigraphy is the total

absence of Paleozoic, and the development of only the uppermost

Mesozoic rocks. The south westerly extended Precambrian basement of



Peninsular India, the oldest rocks of Proterozoic age, are exposed in

eastern and north-eastern part of the district. Post Cretaceous sediments

& major volcanic rocks rest over this south westerly extended Precambrian

basement. Post Cretaceous sediments, Infratrappean and Intratrappean

are exposed as scattered inliers while younger volcanic rocks unit as

Deccan trap is well represented and so are the Tertiary and Quaternary,

though the Tertiary records are not complete and fully exposed.

In Vadodara district area, groundwater occurs both as unconfined and

confined conditions. Saturated zones of unconsolidated shallow alluvium

and weathered zones, shallow depth jointed and fractured rocks forms

unconfined aquifers, whereas multilayered aquifer below impervious clay

horizons in alluvium formation and interflow zones of basalts, inter-

trappean beds, deep seated fracture zones, shear zones in basalts,

granites and gneisses give rise to semi confined to confined

conditions.Generally, the water table follows topographic configuration.

The depth to water is greater in upland areas whereas in valley portion

and shallow grounds, the levels are very close to surface. In hilly terrain of

eastern, north- east and south-east part of the district, spring zones are

seen in stream river section; also along the section of the Mahi, the

Narmada and the Orsang rivers. The piezometric surface, mainly in

alluvium areas of western half the district also follows the gentle gradient

corresponding to subsurface configuration of deep aquifer zones.

Various types of dug wells (DW) are common to both alluvial / soft rock

areas and also in hard rock areas. In unconsolidated formation the depth

of dug well is few meter to more than 25 m; while in hard rock areas,

generally their depth depends upon weathering zone, through which they

have curbing and below it have naked zone. With declining water levels

along with rapid development, bore well of 30 to 90 m depth are drilled at

bottom of dried up dug well section and such well are termed as dug cum

bore well (DCB well), are common in both unconsolidated & consolidated

formation of the district. In consolidated rock units, especially in Deccan

Trap areas, horizontal bores at the bottom of the well, with gentle gradient

towards well are common. Large dia, collector type wells, generally for

regional water supply or for industrial uses are common in sandy beds of



Mahi and Orsang rivers. To meet large demands bore well / tube wells are

common structures. There are shallow bore wells up to 60 to 80 m depth

both in consolidated and unconsolidated areas. Such bore well, in hard

rock areas are drilled for hand pump and also for irrigation purposes. In

unconsolidated arrears, in areas of Quaternaryalluvial deposits having

deep aquifer, deep tube wells up to 200 m depth are common.

3.10 WATER QUALITY

3.10.1 Introduction

Water quality assessment is one of the essential components of EIA study.

Such assessment helps in evaluating the existing health of water body and

suggesting appropriate mitigation measures to minimize the potential

impact from development projects. The water quality at the site and other

locations within the 10-km impact zone was monitored during the study

period.The purpose of the study is to:

Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

Evaluate the impact on agricultural productivity, habitat conditions

recreational resources and aesthetics in the vicinity; and

Predict the likely impacts on water quality due to the project and

related activities.

Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were

finalized based on:

Location of residential areas representing different activities/likely

impact areas; and

Likely areas, which can represent baseline conditions.

3.10.2 Sampling Frequency, Techniques & Methodology

Eight surface water and eight groundwater samples were collected during

the study period. Ground water samples were collected from the existing

bore wells, while surface water was collected from ponds/river by surface

water sampler. These samples were taken as grab samples.Necessary

precautions were taken for preservation of samples.Sampling locations

with source & date of sampling is given in Table 3.7.

The samples collection procedure was adopted from „Standard Methods‟ for

the examination of Water and Wastewater published by American Public

Health Association (APHA) and IS 10500-2012.The samples were analyzed



for Physico-chemical parameters to assess the existing water quality of the

area (based on IS: 10500-2012&APHA/AWWA, 23rdedition). The water

sampling locations marked within the study area and the result of the

analysis (ground water and surface water) is presented in the Figure

3.9&Table 3.19&3.20respectively.

Table 3.7 Sampling locations with source & date of sampling

Ground Water Sampling Locations

Sample

Code

Location Address Date of

Sampling

Taluka District

GW1 Project site Survey No. 85/B, Karakhadi 10/11/17 Padra Vadodara

GW2 Karakhadi Near Telephone exchange,

Karakhadi

10/11/17 Padra Vadodara

GW3 Dudhwada Near Mahadev Temple, Dudhwada 11/11/17 Padra Vadodara

GW4 Gametha HukabhaiVagriBorewell, Gametha 11/11/17 Padra Vadodara

GW5 Tithor Handpump Towards the road to

Swaminarayan Temple, Tithor


GW6 Muval Near ShriJankiVallabh Arts College,

Muval


GW7 Chokari Near Hanuman Temple, Chokari 12/11/17 Padra Vadodara

GW8 Dabka Near DabkaSchool at

GaamBhagod, Dabka


Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sample

Code

Location Date of

Sampling

Taluka District

SW1 Mahi River

(Accessed near

Dabka Village)


SW2 Pond of Gametha 10/11/17 Padra Vadodara

SW3 Pond of Abhol 12/11/17 Padra Vadodara

SW4 Pond of Muval 12/11/17 Padra Vadodara

SW5 Pond of Gajana 11/11/17 Borsad Anand

SW6 PondPiludra 12/11/17 Jambusar Bharuch

SW7 PondMasar 10/11/17 Padra Vadodara

SW8 PondVadu 12/11/17 Padra Vadodara

3.10.3 Surface Water Quality (Primary data)

Surface water samples were collected from Mahiriver and ponds of

Gametha, Abhol, Muval, Gajana, Piludra, Masar, Vadu. Analysis of the

same is given in Table 3.20.The results have been compared with the

drinking water quality standards specified in IS: 10500-2012. It was

observed that all the physic-chemical parameters and heavy metals except



turbidity from surface water samples are below stipulated drinking water

standards& it is suitable for domestic purposes after filtration.

3.10.4 Ground Water Quality

Groundwater is one of the sources of drinking water in the area. Besides, it

is an important source of water for the agricultural and the industrial

sector. The results of the ground water quality monitored during the study

period are given in Table 3.19.

3.10.5 Interpretation

The samples were taken as grab samples and analyzed for various

parameters of ground water. Sampling location is shown in Figure

3.9.The results are shown in Table 3.19.

Color: All the samples were found colorless.

pH: All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.25-

7.7).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS):TDS in samples ranges from 1298 mg/L

(Muval) to 3118 mg/L (Tithor). Samples of Karkhadi, Dudhvada, Tithor,

and Chokari does not meet the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L TDS.

Calcium: Calcium contents in the water ranges from 47 mg/L (Muval) to

95 mg/L (Dudhvada), all the samples meet the permissible limit of 200

mg/L, (Permissible Limit in the Absence of Alternate Source).

Magnesium: Magnesium content in the water ranges from 40 mg/L

(Muval) to 79mg/L (Dudhvada). All the samples meet the permissible limit

of 100 mg/L (Permissible Limit in the Absence of Alternate Source).

Sulfate: Sulfate content in the water ranges from 78 mg/L (Muval) to

174mg/L (Dudhvada). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 400

mg/L for drinking water (Permissible Limit in the Absence of Alternate

Source).

Fluoride: Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.49 mg/L (Dabka) to

0.81 mg/L (Muval). All the samples meet the permissible limit (1.5 mg/L).

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 328

mg/L (Dabka) to 385 mg/L (Muval). All the samples are within the

permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L) (Permissible Limit in the

Absence of Alternate Source).



Other Parameters: Potassium (ranges from 71 mg/L to 116 mg/L),

Sodium (ranges from 385 mg/L to 981 mg/L) and Chloride (ranges from

618 mg/L to 1619 mg/L).Samples of Karkhadi, Dudhvada, Tithor, and

Chokari do not meet the permissible limit of 1000 mg/L Chlorides.

Heavy metals like copper, lead, chromium and zinc are well below the

limit in all samples.

3.10.6 Conclusion

The results have been compared with the drinking water quality standards

specified in IS: 10500-2012 & meet the permissible limit set by the

authority (BIS). Indian Standard specification for drinking water is given in

Table 3.21. Samples of Karkhadi, Dudhvada, Tithor, and Chokari may not

be considered fit for drinking purpose.

CPCB report – “Report on Groundwater Pollution in Luna, Dudhwada,

Piludara area near Vadodara, Gujarat” Published on July 2016 has reported

Groundwater Pollution in this area. Village Dudhvada (mentioned in the

CPCB report) falls within the study area of 10-km radius. The report is

attached herewith in Annexure-XII (Page no: A-128).

3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. The definition of noise as

unwanted sound implies that it has an adverse effect on human beings and

their environment. The noise level variation can be temporal, spatial. It

interferes with speech and hearing and is intense enough to damage

hearing or is otherwise annoying. Noise can also disturb natural wildlife

and ecological system. It is therefore, necessary to measure both the

quality as well as the quantity of noise in and around the proposed site.

3.11.1 Instrument used for Sampling and Monitoring

The intensity of sound energy in the environment is measured in a

logarithmic scale and is expressed in a decibel, dB(A) scale. Sound Level

Meter (SLM) is used for the collection of data related to noise at an interval

of one hour. The day noise levels have been monitored during 6:00 am to

10:00 pm and night noise levels during 10:00 pm to 6:00 am at all the

eight locations. Noise levels recorded at each station are computed for

equivalent noise levels. Noise monitoring methodology is given in below

Table 3.8.



Table 3.8 Monitoring Methodology of Noise

Environment

Component

Sampling

Location

Test method Instrument

used

Make

Ambient

Noise level

08

Locations

As per manufacturers

Manual

Sound Level

Meter

Mextech-

SL-4012

3.11.2 Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

The noise survey was conducted to assess the background noise levels in

different zones. Noise level measurements have been made at 8 locations

within the study area using Sound Level Meter. Based on the Gazettes

Notification (S.O. 123(E)) of MoEF dated February 14, 2000 on ambient air

quality standards, 8 monitoring locations were selected. The noise

monitoring locations& its results are given in Figure 3.10 & Table

3.22respectively.

3.11.3 Ambient Noise Standards

Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) has notified the noise standards

vide Gazette Notification dated February 14, 2000 for different zones viz.

industrial, commercial, residential and silence zones under the

Environment Protection Act (1986). These standards are given in Table-

3.23.

3.11.4 Results

The noise levels of various locations are given in Table 3.22. The

monitored noise level in the day time Leq (Ld) varies from 51.9to

60.4dB(A) and the night time Leq (Ln) varies from 40.1to 54.1dB(A)

within the study area. Higher noise value of 60.4dB(A) was recorded

during day time at project site& lower noise value of 40.1 dB(A) was

recorded during night time in at Chokari Village.

3.11.5 Conclusion

Based on the observations made during the studies, it is concluded that;

the noise levels recorded at various locations in the study area show

considerable fluctuations because of changes in traffic movement,

commercial and other domestic activities in the study area. Overall the

ambient noise level in the monitored locations was found to be within the

permissible limits stipulated for residential, industrial areas, silence and

commercial zone.



3.12 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth‟s crust that serves as a

natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral

matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and

environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and

crops and also provide mechanical anchorage and favorable tilth.

The objective of the soil sampling is:

To determine the baseline soil characteristics;

To monitor the impact on soil (pollutant deposition/other) in long

run.

3.12.1 Soil sampling locations

Soil quality of the study area is one of the important components for

environment impact assessment. The composite soil samples were

collected from the study area from eight locations (Project site, Karakhadi,

Dudhwada, Gametha, Tithor, Muval, Chokari, Dabka) and were analyzed

for different parameters. The location of the monitoring is given below in

Table 3.9. Results are given in Table 3.24 and depicted in Figure 3.11.

Table 3.9 Location of soil sampling

Sample

Code

Locations Address Date of

sampling

Tehsil District

S1 Near Project

site

Across the approach

road to the unit


S2 Karakhadi Across Telephone

exchange


S3 Dudhwada Across Gram Pancayat 11/11/17 Padra Vadodara

S4 Gametha Near Gametha pond

(towards village)


S5 Tithor Near Tithor bus stop 10/11/17 Padra Vadodara

S6 Muval Near approach road to

NavsarjanKelvaniMandal


S7 Chokari Across Baroda Bank 12/11/17 Padra Vadodara

S8 Dabka Near Dabka pond

behind temple


3.12.2 Methodology

To understand the soil quality of the study area, analysis of all eight

locations including the project site was conducted by making suspension of

soil sample. The samples were examined forvarious physical and chemical



characteristics in order to assess the impact on soil. Analysis was done by

using following methodology.

Table 3.10Methodology of Soil Sample analysis

Sampling

Parameters

Sample

collection

Analytical

Equipment

Methodology Remarks

Porosity

Manual

sample

Collection in

polyethylene

bags using

an Auger

- IS: 2720 Part 7 Trial pit

method

for topsoil

sample

collection;

disturbed

samples

Water holding

capacity

- -

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Moisture

content

Electronic

Balance

IS: 2720 Part 2

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4

Particle size

Distribution

Glass wares

IS: 2720 Part 4

5% Leachate

to

be made and

analyzed as

per

APHA,

“Standard

Methods”

All method

numbers are

as

per APHA

“Standard

Methods”

(23rdedition)

Cation

Exchange

Capacity

Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24

(1976)

SAR

F. Photometer

(Na, K)

Titration

(Ca& Mg)

Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B

Electrical

Conductivity

Conductivity

Meter

As per IS 14767

-2000

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium (Na) Flame

Photometer

3500 Na B

Potassium

Flame

Photometer

3500 K B

3.12.3 Corollaries

Physical Parameters

Particle Size: A Particle size of the different constituents (clay, silt, sand

and gravel) controls the porosity and water holding characteristic of the

soil. Clay (size<0.002 mm) amount in the soil samples ranges from 17%

to 24%; Silt (size 0.002 to 0.075 mm) in the soil samples is 21% to 26%

and Sand (size 0.075 to 0.475 mm) in the soil samples is 31% to 40%,

while Gravel (size>4.75 mm) in the soil samples is 18% to 26%. Analysis

shows that the soil has moderate water holding capacity.

Porosity: Porosity is a measure of space in between soil particles caused

by structural conditions and determined under identical conditions.

Porosity of soil samples of the study area ranges from 42.9% to 45.8%.

Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water Holding Capacity (WHC) of soil

samples of the study area ranges between 36% to 51%.



Bulk Density: Bulk Density of soils in the study area is found to be in the

range from 1.34 to 1.41 g/cm3.

Chemical Parameters

pH: pH of soils in the study area is found to be in the range of 7.4 to 7.8.

Chloride: Chloride content in soils of the study area is found to be in the

range of 388to 456 mg/kg.

Soluble Calcium: The soluble calcium as CaCO3 in soil samples is found

to be in the range of 107 to 135 mg/kg.

Magnesium: Magnesium content in soil samples of the study area ranges

from 73 to 95 mg/kg.

Total Phosphorus: Available Phosphorus content in soil samples of the

study area ranges from 49 to 88mg/kg.

Total Nitrogen: Available nitrogen content in soil samples of the study

area is found to be in the range from 136 to 152mg/kg.

Potassium: Potassium content in soil samples of the study area is found

to be in the range from 131 to 172 mg/kg.

Sodium: Sodium content in soil samples of the study area is found to be

in the range from 387 to 423 mg/kg.

Total Organic Matter (TOM): Total organic matter content in soil

samples of the study area is found to be in the range of 1.46 to 1.86

mg/kg.

3.12.4 Conclusion

In the study area, variations in the pH value ranging from 7.4 to 7.8 which

shows that the soil is slightly alkaline in nature. Organic Matter ranges

from 1.46 to 1.86 mg/kg in the soil samples. Soil of the study area is

known to be good for cultivation. Generally, soils with low bulk density

have favorable physical conditions (porosity and permeability) whereas

those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical conditions for agriculture

crops.

3.13 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact

of industrialization and urbanization on existing flora and fauna of the

study area.The biological study was undertaken as a part of the EIA study

report to:



Understand the present status of ecosystem prevailing in the study

area.

Compare it with past condition with the help of available data.

Predict changes in the biological environment as a result of present

activities and to suggest measures for maintaining its health.

The survey was conducted to study the flora & fauna in 10 km radius.

Some of the information was gathered from the local habitants. All the

collected data were classified to interpret the impact of pollution on the

flora and fauna of the region.

3.13.1 Period of the study

The baseline study, for the assessment of the floral and faunal biodiversity

of the terrestrial environment, within 10 km radius from the site was

conducted during October, 2017 to December, 2017.

3.13.2 Study methodology

Survey methodology was based on the flora and fauna species

identification in person, recently recorded and found in the region by the

localities. Sampling of grass species was carried out by quadrat sampling

method to examine the species distribution and its frequency in the region.

Quadrate Sampling Method:

A quadrat (or plot-based) survey is a quantitative examination of species

distribution & abundance. Quadrats are more likely to detect inconspicuous

species because a smaller area is sampled in a concentrated search. The

survey was carried out for the vegetation ground cover found in the road

edges by 1 m2 quadrat and study on the edge effect due to rapid

industrialization and urbanization.

3.13.3 Floral species in the study area

Flora is basically the plant life that is present in a particular region or

habitat at a particular time. List of flora found in the study area is

tabulated in Table 3.25.

3.13.4 Fauna in the study area

Fauna is the animal life that is present in a particular region or habitat at a

particular time. Irrespective of its unfriendly terrain, Gujarat gives shelter



to a variety of animals and birds. They live in smaller herds and thrive

mainly on wild grasses and various types of shrubs.

Faunal biodiversity with their scientific names and common names is

presented in Table 3.26.

3.14 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An essential part of environmental study is socio-economic environment

incorporating various facts related to socio-economic conditions in the

area, which deals with the total environment. Socio economic study

includes demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities

viz., housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water

supply, sanitation, communication, transportation as well as feature of

aesthetic significance such as temples, historical monuments etc. at the

baseline level. This would help in visualizing and predicting the possible

impact depending upon the nature and magnitude of the project. Socio-

economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the

socioeconomic conditions of an area. This study will possibly make a

change in living and social standards of the particular area benefitted due

to the project. The gross economic production of the area will be increased

substantially due to the existence of this project. It can undoubtedly be

said that this plant will provide direct and indirect employment and

improve the infrastructural facilities and standards of living of the area.

3.14.1 Objective of the study

The objectives of this socio-economic report consist of:

To conduct socio-economic assessment study in lease Area

To help in providing better living standards.

To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to cover the

sub sectors of education, health, sanitation, water and food security.

To provide employment opportunities.

3.14.2 Land use pattern and infrastructure

The land use pattern indicates the manner in which different parts of land

in an area is being utilized or non-utilized. It is an important indicator of

environmental health; human activity and a degree of inter play between

these two. Even though the soil quality, water availability and climate have

strong influence on agriculture and vegetation, the human activity may



alter the natural environment to a large extent to suit human needs.

Unnatural land use often triggers rapid environmental deterioration and

disturbs ecological balance. In census records, major land use

classifications are; Forests, Culturable land, Culturable wasteland and area

not available for cultivation. Culturable land is further classified as:

irrigated and unirrigated. Area not available for cultivation includeslands

put to non-agriculture uses as well as barren and uncultivable lands.

The main land use in area is for dwellings, infrastructure and related

activities. However, the land use pattern for rural areas is discussed

below. The information is preliminary based on 2011 Census as depicting

in Table 3.28.Total land area is 31176 ha, out of that Irrigated area is

13400.6 ha. It constitutes 42.98% of the total land area. Land has got

irrigation facilities from tube wellwith electricity. 8759.5 ha are un-

irrigated by source and it constitutes 28.10% of total land area. The study

area consist of Cultivable wasteland is 1044 ha (3.35%). Area not

available for cultivation is 2061.7 ha & it constitute 6.61%.

3.14.3 Demographic and Socio-Economic Environment

The demographic and Socio-economic details of the study area are

discussed below. These are primarily based on census data of 2011. Data

on number of households, population as well as literacy and employment

pattern in the study area have been presented in Table-3.29. The Study

area in 10 km radius has 39 villages including project site.

The total no. of household in the villages are 33599 and the total

population is 160394 (52.38% men & 47.62% women). 69.02% of are

literate while literacy rate among women & men is 61.08% & 76.24%

respectively. 54.95% of male population is part of main worker, while only

13.82% of female population is a part of main workers. 5.27% of male

workers are marginal workers, while 13.44% of female workers are

engaged in such type of activities. 39.78% of male population and 72.74%

of female population are non-workers.

3.14.4 Living Standard and Infrastructure

In India it is not possible to setup a primary standard of living because of

wide variations in terms of income, economic conditions, social custom,

employment opportunity, pattern of spending, etc. However, availability of



amenities like education, medical, water supply, communication, road

network, electricity, etc. significantly reflects the level of development of

the area. Information on available amenities in the study area has been

extracted from census record of 2011. Total numbers of village in study

area are 39. On the basis of data presented in the Table-3.30, the status

of available amenities is discussed in following sub-sections:

Educational Facilities

As per 2011 census, there are 2 pre-primary school, there are 69 primary

schools, 14 Secondary schools, 4 Senior secondary school, 1 Degree

College of Arts, Science & Commerce and 1 Vocational Training School /ITI

in all 39 villages.

Medical Facilities

39 villages in the study area have 2 Community Health Centre, 5 Primary

Health Centre, 20 Primary Health Sub Centre, 7 Maternity and Child

Welfare Centre, 2 T.B. Clinic, 1 Hospital-Allopathic, 1 Hospital-Alternative

Medicine, 5 Dispensary, 2 Veterinary Hospital,3 Mobile Health Clinic, 1

Family Welfare Centre in study area of 10 km.

Drinking Water Supply

All the villages in the study area have two or more sources of drinking

water. Most of the villages in study area have Tap water supply in addition

to Tube Well Water (almost all). Moreover 31 villages have facility of Hand

Pump water facility, 21 have Well water facility, 13 have River/canal and

24 have Tank/pond/lake facilities.

Communication and Transport

The main mode of public transport available in the study area is by bus

service. All villages have approach to railway station as western railway

meter gauge line is passing through nearby. All of villages in the study

area is connected with Pucca road.

Post and Telegraph

As per 2011 census record out of 39 villages in study area, almost all the

villages have post office facility at doorstep & phone facility.

Power Supply

As per 2011 census record almost all the villages are getting power supply

for all purposes.



Table 3.11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

(Period of Monitoring: October, 2017to December, 2017)

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

Address Direction

w.r.t. center of

Industry

Distance

(km)

Type of

Area

1 Project site

(A1)

Survey No. 85/B,

Karakhadi

- - Industrial

2 Karakhadi

(A2)

Mr. Jignshbhai Patel‟s

house

WNW 2.01 Residential

3 Dudhwada

(A3)

Mr. Nileshbhai Patel‟s

house

W 3.70 Residential

4 Gametha

(A4)

Mr. Jentibhai

Padiyar‟s house

S 4.60 Residential

5 Tithor

(A5)

Mr. Jasubhai

Parmar‟s house

NW 4.67 Residential

6 Muval

(A6)

Mr. Kiranbhai

Chauhan‟s house

ESE 5.42 Residential

7 Chokari

(A7)

Mr. Sureshbhai

Gohil‟s house

NE 2.90 Residential

8 Dabka

(A8)

Mr. Padumal

Chauhan‟s house

NNE 6.34 Residential



Table 3.12: Ambient Air Quality Status

(Period of Monitoring: October, 2017 to December, 2017)

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

Average (Min-Max) - µg/m3

1 Project site(A1) 79.5

(66.9-89.1)

38.4

(30.8-44.2)

14.1

(11.3-17.2)

16.2

(12.3-19.6)

2 Karakhadi (A2) 69.6

(62.3-77.6)

33.6

(25.1-40.3)

12.6

(10.0-15.4)

14.7

(12.1-17.3)

3 Dudhwada (A3) 69.2

(55.5-80.1)

34.9

(28.7-42.1)

12.5

(10.7-14.9)

14.7

(12.8-17.3)

4 Gametha (A4) 71.4

(67.8-78.2)

39.8

(33.6-70.3)

13.8

(11.4-15.5)

16.0

(13.1-17.6)

5 Tithor (A5) 71.7

(68.7-75.1)

39.6

(33.1-44.5)

13.5

(11.7-16.0)

15.4

(13.8-17.8)

6 Muval (A6) 69.4

(63.4-73.2)

38.9

(33.8-44.8)

13.1

(10.4-15.3)

15.4

(12.3-17.7)

7 Chokari (A7) 72.1

(68.9-77.2)

34.7

(30.8-41.2)

13.4

(10.8-15.3)

15.6

(13.2-17.6)

8 Dabka (A8) 73.2

(67.7-80.1)

37.4

(30.5-42.5)

12.4

(10.0-14.8)

14.5

(12.1-16.6)

Standard 100 60 80 80

Figure 3.2 Graphical representation of Ambient Air Quality

79.5

69.6 69.2 71.4 71.7 69.4 72.1 73.2

38.4 33.6 34.9

39.8 39.6 38.9 34.7 37.4

14.1 12.6 12.5 13.8 13.5 13.1 13.4 12.4 16.2 14.7 14.7 16 15.4 15.4 15.6 14.5

0

20

40

60

80

100

Co

nce

ntr

atio

n in

mic

rogr

am/m

3

Location

Ambient Air Quality status

PM10PM2.5SO2NOx



Table 3.13: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10)


Average-24 Hours Unit-g/m3

Station Name Max Min 98th

Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

Percentile

Avg SD

Project site(A1) 89.1 66.9 89.1 85.4 79.6 74.7 79.5 6.4

Karakhadi (A2) 77.6 62.3 76.2 71.8 69.9 67.9 69.6 3.4

Dudhwada (A3) 80.1 55.5 79.6 74.8 69.4 65.8 69.2 6.8

Gametha (A4) 78.2 67.8 77.9 72.5 70.8 69.8 71.4 2.9

Tithor (A5) 75.1 68.7 75.1 73.3 71.2 70.0 71.7 2.0

Muval (A6) 73.2 63.4 72.8 71.1 69.8 68.1 69.4 2.5

Chokari (A7) 77.2 68.9 76.4 73.5 71.9 70.8 72.1 2.1

Dabka (A8) 80.1 67.7 79.6 75.3 72.9 70.8 73.2 3.1

Figure 3.3 Graphical representation for PM10



Table 3.14: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5)




Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

Percentile

Avg. SD

Project site (A1) 44.2 30.8 43.9 40.9 38.6 36.7 38.4 3.7

Karakhadi (A2) 40.3 25.1 40.1 36.0 33.6 30.8 33.6 3.9

Dudhwada (A3) 42.1 28.7 41.7 38.1 34.9 31.2 34.9 4.3

Gametha (A4) 70.3 33.6 58.5 40.0 38.7 36.7 39.8 7.2

Tithor (A5) 44.5 33.1 43.7 41.2 39.8 38.6 39.6 2.7

Muval (A6) 44.8 33.8 44.5 40.7 38.7 37.2 38.9 3.0

Chokari (A7) 41.2 30.8 40.2 36.5 34.8 32.3 34.7 2.8

Dabka (A8) 42.5 30.5 42.1 40.2 38.0 35.1 37.4 3.3

Figure 3.4 Graphical representation for PM2.5



Table 3.15: Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2)




Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

Percentile

Avg SD

Project site (A1) 17.2 11.3 16.9 14.8 14.4 13.1 14.1 1.4

Karakhadi (A2) 15.4 10.0 14.9 13.3 12.9 11.7 12.6 1.3

Dudhwada (A3) 14.9 10.7 14.4 13.1 12.5 11.8 12.5 1.0

Gametha (A4) 15.5 11.4 15.5 14.9 14.0 12.9 13.8 1.2

Tithor (A5) 16.0 11.7 15.6 14.0 13.4 12.8 13.5 1.0

Muval (A6) 15.3 10.4 15.1 14.2 13.1 12.4 13.1 1.3

Chokari (A7) 15.3 10.8 15.1 14.1 13.7 12.8 13.4 1.1

Dabka (A8) 14.8 10.0 14.5 13.4 12.6 11.7 12.4 1.3

Figure 3.5 Graphical representations for SO2



Table 3.16: Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx)




Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

Percentile

Avg SD

Project site (A1) 19.6 12.3 19.5 17.4 16.2 15.0 16.2 1.9

Karakhadi (A2) 17.3 12.1 16.9 15.6 14.9 13.7 14.7 1.3

Dudhwada (A3) 17.3 12.8 16.8 15.5 14.9 13.8 14.7 1.1

Gametha (A4) 17.6 13.1 17.5 17.0 16.3 15.1 16.0 1.2

Tithor (A5) 17.8 13.8 17.5 16.2 15.3 14.7 15.4 1.1

Muval (A6) 17.7 12.3 17.4 16.1 15.5 14.6 15.4 1.2

Chokari (A7) 17.6 13.2 17.3 16.4 15.7 15.1 15.6 1.1

Dabka (A8) 16.6 12.1 16.5 15.5 14.6 13.8 14.5 1.3

Figure 3.6 Graphical representations for NOx



Table 3.17: Ambient Air Quality Status

(VOCs, HC (Methane & non-Methane), CO, NH3, HCl & Cl2)

(Period: October, 2017 to December, 2017)

Station Name Hydro Carbon (g/m3) CO

(g/m3)

NH3

(g/m3)

HCl

(g/m3)

Cl2

(g/m3) Methane Non-Methane

Project site(A1) 53 1054 1107 12.4 BDL BDL

Karakhadi (A2) 60 957 1017 BDL BDL BDL

Dudhwada (A3) 53 937 990 BDL BDL BDL

Gametha (A4) 55 1048 1103 BDL BDL BDL

Tithor (A5) 36 972 1008 BDL BDL BDL

Muval (A6) 44 1006 1050 BDL BDL BDL

Chokari (A7) 41 1077 1118 BDL BDL BDL

Dabka (A8) 50 1051 1101 BDL BDL BDL

Station Name VOCs as BTX (g/m3)

Benzene Xylene Toluene Total BTX

Project site (A1) 0.21 0.35 0.12 0.68

Karakhadi (A2) 0.33 0.26 BDL 0.59

Dudhwada (A3) 0.34 0.22 0.18 0.74

Gametha (A4) 0.20 0.17 BDL 0.37

Tithor (A5) 0.31 0.17 BDL 0.48

Muval (A6) 0.12 0.18 BDL 0.30

Chokari (A7) 0.18 0.20 BDL 0.38

Dabka (A8) 0.14 0.13 BDL 0.27



Table 3.18: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(EP, 7th amendment rules-2009)

Pollutants Time-weighted average

Concentration in ambient air

Industrial, Residential, Rural and

others area

Ecologically Sensitive area (Notified by

Central Government)

Method of Measurement

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), µg/m3

Annual Average*

50 20 Improved west and Gaeke

Ultraviolet fluorescence

24 hours** 80 80

Oxides of Nitrogen as (NO2), µg/m3

Annual Average*

40 30 Modified Jacob &Hochheiser

(Na-Arsenate) Chemiluminescence

24 hours** 80 80

Particulate Matter (Size less than 10 µm or PM10, µg/m3

Annual Average*

60 60 Gravimetric TOEM Beta attenuation 24 hours** 100 100

Particulate

Matter(Size less than 2.5 µm or PM2.5, µg/m3

Annual

Average*

40 40 Gravimetric

TOEM Beta attenuation 24 hours** 60 60

Ozone (O3) µg/m3

8 hours ** 100 100 UV photometric Chemiluminescence Chemical Method

1hours** 180 180

Lead (Pb) µg/m3

Annual Average*

0.50 0.50 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

ED-XRF using Teflon

filter

24 hours** 1.0 1.0

CarbonMonoxide (CO)mg/m3

8 hours** 02 02 Non Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) spectroscopy

1 hour** 04 04

Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual Average*

100 100 Chemiluminescence Indophenol Blue

Method 24 hours** 400 400

Benzene (C6H6) µg/m3

Annual* 05 05 Gas chromatography based continuous

analyzer Adsorption and

desorption followed by GC analysis

Benzo(a)Pyrine

(BaP)-particulate phase only,µg/m3

Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction

followed by HPLC/GC analysis

Arsenic (As), µg/m3

Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

Nickel (Ni) µg/m3

Annual* 20 20 AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

* Annual Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

** 24 hourly/8 hourly or 01 hourly values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not

two consecutive days of monitoring.



Table 3.19: Results of Groundwater Quality in the Study Area (Date of Sampling: 10/11/2017 to 12/11/2017)

Parameters Unit CONCENTRATION

Project site (GW1)

Karkhadi (GW2)

Dudhvada (GW3)

Gametha (GW4)

Tithor (GW5)

Muval (GW6)

Chokari (GW7)

Dabka (GW8)

pH (pH Unit) 7.5 7.3 7.5 7.7 7.5 7.25 7.6 7.5

Color (H. Units) Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless

Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

Conductivity M.mhos/cm 2625 5585 3465 2035 4520 1880 4110 2530

Total Hardness mg/L 378 324 563 370 473 282 413 326

Chlorides mg/L 865 1473 1172 685 1619 618 1193 886

Sulphate mg/L 105 112 174 109 155 78 95 96

Alkalinity mg/L 365 348 362 354 369 385 345 328

TDS mg/L 1814 2856 2415 1405 3118 1298 2295 1750

Sodium mg/L 565 941 736 428 981 385 735 531

Potassium mg/L 91 76 71 73 116 78 83 87

Calcium mg/L 82 59 95 69 79 47 78 63

Magnesium mg/L 42 43 79 48 67 40 53 41

Manganese mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Iron mg/L 0.68 0.48 0.51 0.29 0.31 0.41 0.28 0.32

Copper mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Nitrate mg/L 10.8 18.5 18.5 17.1 18.1 19.6 17.7 15.8

Fluoride mg/L 0.75 0.66 0.59 0.57 0.53 0.81 0.65 0.49

PhenolicCompounds mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Mercury mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

Cadmium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.001

Selenium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Arsenic mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.03

Cyanide mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Lead mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.02

Zinc mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.005

Chromium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Aluminum mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Boron mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

%Sodium % 71.2 82.8 70.8 66.6 77.3 65.8 75.3 72.4



Table 3.20: Surface Water analysis of study area (Date of Sampling: 10/11/2017 to 12/11/2017)

Parameters Unit CONCENTRATION Test Method

(Ref to IS) River Mahi

(SW1)

Gametha

(SW2)

Abhol

(SW3)

Muval

(SW4)

Gajana

(SW5)

Piludra

(SW6)

Masar

(SW7)

Vadu

(SW8)

pH pH Unit 7.8 7.4 7.6 7.8 7.4 7.6 7.5 7.8 3025 (Part 11)

Temperature 0C 28 28 29 30 28 29 28 28 --

Conductivity Micro mhos/cm

1915 930 730 960 732 745 720 695 3025 (Part 14)

Turbidity NTU 18.0 19.8 15.4 16.8 11.9 17.7 14.2 16.3 3025 (Part 10)

TDS mg/L 1342 644 504 665 510 518 502 488 3025 (Part 16)

Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 4.5 4.1 4.5 4.6 4.9 5.7 5.2 4.7 --

Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 295 183 174 209 237 212 187 168 3025 (Part 21)

Total Alkalinity mg/L 292 242 263 298 240 262 276 255 3025 (Part 23)

Sodium as Na+ mg/L 418 215 159 206 152 182 165 174 3025(Part 45)

Potassium K+ mg/L 46 26 30 34 28 22 39 28 3025(Part 45)

Calcium Ca+2 mg/L 49 24 27 36 34 29 22 26 3025 (Part 40)

Magnesium Mg+2 mg/L 42 30 26 29 37 34 32 25 3025 (Part 46)

Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 672 276 204 286 223 232 216 196 3025 (Part 32)

Sulfates as SO4-2 mg/L 56 38 35 42 52 42 46 52 3025 (Part 24)

Nitrates as NO3-3 mg/L 12 10 12 16 10.1 9.5 7.9 11.3 3025 (Part 34)

Arsenic as As mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 37)

Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 41)

Copper as Cu mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 42)

Lead as Pb mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 47)

Iron as Fe mg/L 0.24 0.14 0.12 0.19 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.19 3025 (Part 53)

Total Chromium mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 52)

Zinc as Zn mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 49)

Nickle as Ni mg/L 0.16 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 54)

Total Coliform MPN/ml 17 42 48 56 52 46 60 42 IS: 5401 (P-I)



Table 3.21: Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water

Sr. No.

Parameters Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit in the

Absence of Alternate

Source

I Essential Characteristics

1. Colour, Hazen Units, Max. 5 25

2. Odour Unobjectionable -

3. Taste Agreeable -

4. Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10

5. pH 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

6. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 300 600

7. Iron (as Fe) mg/l, Max. 0.3 1.0

8. Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l, Max. 250 1000

9. Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l, Min. 0.20* -

II Desirable Characteristics

10. Dissolved Solids, mg/l, Max. 500 2000

11. Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 600

12. Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, Max. 200 400

13. Nitrate (as NO3) 45 100

14. Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max. 1.0 1.5

15. Calcium (as Ca) mg/l, Max. 75 200

16. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l, Max. 30 100

17. Copper (as Cu) mg/l, Max. 0.05 1.5

18. Manganese (as Mn) mg/l, Max. 0.1 0.3

19. Mercury (as Hg) mg/l, Max. 0.001 No Relaxation

20. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l, Max. 0.01 No Relaxation

21. Selenium (as Se) mg/l, Max. 0.01 No Relaxation

22. Arsenic (As As) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

23. Cyanide (as CN) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

24. Lead (as Pb) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

25. Zinc (as Zn) mg/l, Max. 5 15

26. Aluminium (as Al) mg/l, Max. 0.03 0.2

27. Boron (as B) mg/l, Max. 1 5

28. Chromium (as Cr) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

29. Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/l,

Max.

0.001 0.002

30. Anionic Detergents (as MBAS) mg/l, Max. mg/l, Max.

0.2 1.0

31. Mineral Oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03

32. Pesticides Absent 0.001

33. Radioactive Materials a. Alpha Emitters, Bq/I, Max.

b. Beta Emitters, Pci/I, Max

-

-

0.1

0.037

Note: * Applicable only when water is chlorinated

Source: IS: 10500, 2012



Table 3.22: Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area

(Date of Monitoring: 10/11/2017 to 12/11/2017)

Sr.

No.

Noise Monitoring Locations Ld/Ln Average Noise

levels in dB (A)

1 Project site (N1) Ld 60.4

Ln 54.1

2 Primary School

Karkhadi (N2)

Ld 53.0

Ln 41.4

3 Bus stop of Dudhvada (N3) Ld 56.4

Ln 42.5

4 Nr. Panchayat office

Gametha (N4)

Ld 52.3

Ln 40.8

5 Tithor (N5) Ld 51.9

Ln 42.0

6 Nr. Panchayat office

Muval (N6)

Ld 53.6

Ln 41.8

7 Chokari (N7) Ld 53.4

Ln 40.1

8 Nr. Primary School Dabka (N8)

Ld 54.9

Ln 41.7

Table 3.23

Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to Noise

Zone Limits Leq, dB(A)

Day Time Night Time

Industrial 75 70

Commercial 65 55

Residential 55 45

Silence 50 40



Table 3.24: Soil Analysis of Study area

(Date of Sampling: 10/11/2017 to 12/11/2017)

S.

No.

Parameters Unit Project

site (S1)

Karkhadi

(S2)

Dudhvada

(S3)

Gametha

(S4)

Tithor

(S5)

Muval

(S6)

Chokari

(S7)

Dabka

(S8)

1. pH (5%)Solution 7.5 7.4 7.8 7.7 7.5 7.6 7.6 7.8

2. Loss of Ignition % 6.4 5.9 6.0 6.0 5.7 5.6 7.1 6.8

3. Particle Size

Clay (< 0.002 mm) % 22 17 18 24 17 20 22 19

Silt (0.002 to 0.075 mm) % 26 23 25 24 23 23 21 23

Sand (0.075-0.475 mm % 32 34 32 31 40 39 38 37

gravel (size > 4.75 mm) % 20 26 25 21 20 18 19 21

4. Water Holding Capacity % 46 44 41 43 46 49 51 36

5. Permeability cm/hr 3.12 3.00 2.86 2.98 2.95 3.05 2.91 3.06

6. Bulk Density g/cm3 1.38 1.35 1.34 1.39 1.34 1.36 1.41 1.39

7. Porosity % 44.1 45.3 45.7 43.7 45.8 44.9 42.9 43.7

8. Cation Exchange Capacity meq/

100 gm

3.51 3.55 3.30 3.27 3.52 3.49 3.56 3.60

9. Sodium mg/kg 411 408 387 389 395 392 412 423

10. Potassium mg/kg 131 141 139 136 151 163 172 165

11. Calcium mg/kg 129 125 107 124 129 132 135 127

12. Magnesium mg/kg 89 95 87 73 92 85 78 84

13. Chlorides mg/kg 456 452 421 425 433 429 392 388

14. Sulphates mg/kg 159 154 149 145 140 137 140 143

15. Organic Matter mg/kg 1.71 1.56 1.79 1.63 1.59 1.61 1.46 1.86

16. Available Nitrogen mg/kg 150 152 149 152 139 144 136 149

17. Available Phosphorus mg/kg 83 88 82 85 75 51 49 63

18. Iron as Fe mg/kg 5.5 4.4 4.3 3.5 4.6 6.4 5.9 5.2

19. Zinc as Zn mg/kg 9.4 5.6 6.2 7.9 5.7 7.3 8.1 6.1

20. Sodium Absorption Ratio Meq/100

gm

6.79 6.67 6.70 6.82 6.46 6.52 6.96 7.12



Table 3.25

Floral Diversity

(A) Trees

Scientific Name Family Vernacular Name

Acacia Nilotica Fabaceae Bawal

Acacia Tortilis Fabaceae Israeli Bawal

Ailanthus Excelsa Simaroubiaceae Mahanimb

AlangiumSalvifolium Alangiaceae Ankol

AlbiziaLebbeck Fabaceae Siras

Azadirachtaindica Meliaceae Neem

Borassusflabellifer Arecaceae Tad

ButeaMonosperma Fabaceae Palas

Calotropisprocera Asclepiadaceae Akauwa

Cassia Fistula Fabaceae Amaltas

Cassia Siamea Fabaceae Seemia

Cassia Tora Fabaceae Chirota

CommiphoraMukul Burseraceae Guggal

CordiaDichotoma Ehretiaceae Gundi

Cordiamyxa Boraginaceae Pidar

Dalbergiasissoo Papilionoideae Shisham

Delonixelata Caesalpiniaceae Gulmohar

Emblicaofficinalis Euphorbiaceae Amla

Eucalyptus Tereticornis Myrtaceae Nilgiri

Ficusbengalesis Moraceae Vad

Ficusmicrocarpa Moraceae Banyan

Ficusreligiosa Moraceae Pipal

MangiferaIndica Anacardiaceae Ambo

ManilkaraZapota Sapotaceae Chikoo

Moringaoleifera Moringaceae Sargvo

Phoenix Sylvestris Arecaceae Khajoor

Pithecellobiumdulce Fabaceae Gorasamli

Pongamiapinnata Fabaceae Karanj

Prosopis Cineraria Fabaceae Sumri

ProsopisJuliflora Fabaceae VilayatiBawal

Sapindusemarginatus Sapindaceae Aritha

Syzygiumcumini Myrtaceae Jamun

TamarindusIndica Fabaceae Amli

Tectonagrandis Verbenaceae Sagwan

TerminaliaCatappa Combretaceae Almond

ZiziphusMauritiana Rhamnaceae Bor



(B) Shrubs


Acacia Caesia Fabaceae Palinja

Acacia Catechu Mimosoideae Khair

Acacia Torta Mimosaceae Alia

Adhatodavasica Acanthaceae Adusa

Annonasquamosa Annonaceae Sitafal

AzimaTetracantha Salvadoraceae Piludi

Calotropisprocera Asclepiadaceae Aak

CapparisCarandas Apocynaceae Karaunda

Carica Papaya Caricaceae Papaya

Cassia Auriculata Caesalpiniaceae Anwal

Cassia Tora Ceasalpinoideae Tarota

DaturaStramonium Solanaceae Datura

Euphorbia Neriifolia Euphorbiaceae Thor

LawsoniaInermis Lythraceae Hina

Murraya Exotica Rutaceae Madhukamini

Nariumindicum Apocynaceae Karne

Ocimum Sanctum Lamiaceae Tulsi

Ricinuscommunis Euphorbiaceae Arandi

Rosa Chinensis Rosaceae Rose

SennaAuriculata Fabaceae Avaram

SesbaniaGrandiflora Fabaceae Agati

ZizyphusMauritiana Rhamnaceae Bordi

(C) Herbs


Adhatodavasica Acanthaceae Adusa

AlysicarpusRugosus Fabaceae Chainpea

AmaranthusViridis Amaranthaceae Amaranth

AnisomelesIndica Lamiaceae Indian Catmint

Annonasquamosa Annonaceae Sitafal

BiophytumReinwardii Oxalidaceae Lajwanti

BothriochloaPertusa Poaceae Bluegrass

Carica Papaya Caricaceae Papaya

Croton Bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae Tulsi

DactylocteniumAegyptium Poaceae Crowfoot Grass

Daturametel Solanaceae Datura

DesmostachyaBipinnata Poaceae Daabh

EchinopsEchinatus Asteraceae Shuliyo

Euphorbia Hirta Euphorbiaceae Asthma Weed



Euphorbia Tirucalli Euphorbiaceae Saptala

HeteropogonContortus Poaceae Tanglehead

Jatrophagossypifolia Euphorbiaceae Ratanjyot

LagasceaMollis Asteraceae Silk Leaf

Lantana Camara Verbenaceae Raimunia

Murraya Exotica Rutaceae Madhukamini

Nariumindicum Apocynaceae Karne

Ocimum Sanctum Lamiaceae Tulsi

OldenlandiaUmbellata Rubiaceae Chay Root

Pedalium Murex Pedaliacae KadvaGokhru

PhyllanthusAmarus Euphorbiaceae Jar-Amla

Punicagranatum Puniacaceae Dadam

Ricinuscommunis Euphorbiaceae Arandi

SalichorniaBrachiata Amaranthaceae Glasswort

TaraxacumOfficianale Asteraceae Dandelion

Xanthium Indicum Asteraceae Cocklebur



Table 3.26

Faunal Biodiversity

(A) List of Terrestrial & Aquatic Birds in the Study Area

Scientific Name Common Name

AcridotheresGinginianus Bank Myna

AcridotheresTristis Common Myna

AlcedoAtthis Kingfisher

AnasPoecilorhyncha Duck

ApusApus Common Swift

ArdeaCinerea Grey Heron

ArdeolaGrayii Indian Heron

AtheneBrama Spotted Owlet

Bubulcus Ibis Cattle Egret

CentropusSinensis Greater Coucal

CeryleRudis Kingfisher

CetntropusSinensis Coucal

Columba Livia Rock Pigeon

CorvusCorax Common Raven

CorvusMacrorhynchos Jungle Crow

CorvusSplendens House Crow

DendrocittaVagabunda Rufoustreepie

DicrurusMacrocercus Black Drongo

EgrettaGarzetta Little Egret

ElanusCaeruleus Kite

EremoptrixGrisea Sparrow-Lark

EudynamysScolopacea Asian Koel

FrancolinusPondicerianus Grey Francolin

Halcyon Smyrnensis White Kingfisher

HimantopusHimantopus Black-Winged Stilt

MeropsPersicus Bee-Eater

MotacillaMaderaspatensis White-Browed Wagtail

MycteriaLeucocephala Painted Stork

Nectarinia Minima Sunbird

Passer Domesticus Sparrow

PavoCristatus Peafowl

PhalacrocoraxFuscicollis Cormorant

PseudibisPapillosa Black Ibis

PsittaculaKrameri Parakeet

PycnonotusCafer Bulbul

SaxicoloidesFulicata Indian Robin

SpilopeliaSenegalensis Dove



StreptopeLiachinensis Spotted Dove

StreptopeliaDecaocto Eurasian Collared Dove

TurdoidesCaudatus Babbler

TurdoidesStriatus Jungle Babbler

VanellusIndicus Lapwing

(B) List of Mammals and Reptiles in the Study Area

Scientific Name Common Name

AhaetullaNasuta Green Vine Snake

BungarusCaeruleus Common Krait

CalotesVersicolor Garden Lizard

Canis Lupus Familiaris Indian Pariah Dog

FelisChaus Jungle Cat

FunambulusPennantii Palm Squirrel

HemidactylusFlaviviridis Gecko

HerpestesEdwardsii Mongoose

LepusNigricollis Indian Hare

MusBooduga Field Mouse

NajaNaja Cobra

Presbytis Entellus Monkey

Ptyas Mucosa Dhaman

RattusRattus Rat

Semnopithecus Entellus Langur

TateraIndica Indian Gerbil

VulpesBengalensis Fox

XenochrophisPiscator Keelback



Table 3.27

Traffic Survey

TRAFFIC SHEET

LOCATION Near ECP Canal Road

TIME 09.00 to 10.00 DATE 11/11/2017

TOTAL PCU calculation Total PCU/hr

TRUCKS/BUSES* 18 PCU x 3 54

CARS/VANS 50 PCU x 1 50

MOTORCYCLES / BICYCLES 136 PCU x0.5 68

Total 172

TIME 18.00 to 19.00 DATE 11/11/2017

TOTAL PCU calculation Total PCU/hr

TRUCKS/BUSES* 14 PCU x 3 42

CARS/VANS 46 PCU x 1 46

MOTORCYCLES / BICYCLES 150 PCU x0.5 75

Total 163

Note: *Mini-bus, Chartered Bus, School Bus, have been collectively classified

as Buses.

Additional traffic from our project will be estimated 36 PCU/day [12

trucks/tankers (in & out) x 3] and 25 PCU/day from car and motorcycle,

which have insignificant impact on existing traffic load.

Existing Traffic Scenario and Level of Services

The ECP Canal Road is single track road, all types of vehicles move on the road.

Capacity of road as per IRC = 625 PCU‟s/hr

Total Volume during Peak Hours = 172

Existing Volume/Capacity ratio = 172/625= 0.28

The level of service is “B” that is Very Good

LEVEL OF SERVICE

Sr. No.

Existing Volume/Capacity Ratio

Level of Services

1. 0.0 to 0.2 “A” (Excellent)

2. 0.2 to 0.4 “B” (Very Good)

3. 0.4 to 0.6 “C” (Good)

4. 0.6 to 0.8 “D” (Fair)

5. 0.8 to 1.0 “E” (Poor)



Table 3.28Land Use Pattern

Name of Village Total Area

of the

Village

(ha)

Irrigated

by source

(ha)

Un-

irrigated

(ha)

Cultivable

waste

(ha)

Area not

available for

cultivation

(ha)

Gambhira 1567.1 583 712 0 127

Sultanpura 299.0 65.3 66.2 0 8.7

Mahuvad 482.5 390.2 31.1 0 6.4

Kural 561.7 115.6 350.6 0 68.4

Pindapa 689.9 310 346 0 0

Mobha 1329 666 451 0 14

Jalalpur 426.2 255 110 0 45

Bhoj 1153 710 306.4 0 123.2

Karnakuva 152.8 105 33.8 0 10.4

Dhobikuwa 196.9 129 50 0 0.2

Mujpur 888.8 345 300 0 65

Pavda 563.2 250.2 180.4 21.4 5.8

Chokari 1380.1 380.1 98.9 10.3 0

Somjipura 252.2 197.1 24.1 1.8 1.3

Sandha 336.7 280 34 16.6 2.1

Majatan 456.7 77.8 336.7 0 5.3

Vishrampura 234.9 170 40 0 1

Lola 119.7 74 24 0 13

Chitral 371.7 229 98 0 3

Gavasad 946.9 755 74 0 104

Gametha 343.1 160 129 0 13

Muval 781.1 375 296 9 2

Dudhwada 614.5 452 105 0 0

Brahmanvasi 590.9 250 249 0 6

Masar 1361.4 840 374 0 13

Dabka 1906.3 650.8 363.3 150.3 100

Vadu 874 480 330.7 2.1 9.2

Dhobikuwa 196.9 129 50 0 0.2

Tithor 2462 340.6 340.6 692.8 260

Narsipura 266.9 195 26 2 28

Kareli 2151.7 718 614.5 12 20.9

Piludara 720.6 150 468.1 24.1 0

Karkhadi 1659.5 732 205.4 0 184.8

Kahanava 973 600 261.6 0.4 0

Mahmadpura 1029.6 300 298 100 194

Gajana 1088.9 335.9 71.1 1.2 586.8

Kalyankui 213.8 95 93 0 12

Sadra 783.9 170 527 0 20

Abhol 748.9 340 290 0 8



Table: 3.29 Summary of Socio-economic status of Study area (Demography)

Name of the

Village/

Town/

Ward

No. of

Occupied

Residential

House

Total Population

(Including

institutional and

houseless

population)

Literates Total main

Workers

Cultivator

s

Agricultural

Laborer

Marginal

Workers

Non-

Worker

P M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

Gambhira 1595 7939 4202 3737 3460 2461 2233 807 273 544 723 26 1111 232 1696 2386

Sultanpura 75 298 160 138 126 83 97 69 4 4 5 - 47 63 59 65

Mahuvad 534 2564 1336 1228 1024 759 635 60 109 32 126 5 198 23 592 1136

Kural 569 2659 1416 1243 1140 834 858 119 49 38 131 13 391 64 509 1086

Pindapa 302 1572 828 744 681 497 477 51 19 17 75 6 269 31 332 676

Mobha 973 4796 2481 2315 1805 1361 1432 429 59 58 208 12 667 332 990 1828

Jalalpur 434 2069 1064 1005 852 706 668 40 19 40 230 6 294 64 377 925

Bhoj 1403 7072 3658 3414 2641 1888 2035 394 90 60 622 9 1198 323 1533 2960

Karnakuva 283 1289 667 622 516 372 389 185 7 99 88 2 271 179 271 338

Dhobikuwa 710 3392 1739 1653 1395 1108 713 76 218 133 232 12 310 45 808 1444

Mujpur 1923 9410 4887 4523 3759 2559 2259 445 538 1571 583 13 1154 347 2090 2507

Pavda 453 2113 1130 983 852 609 576 141 107 236 188 5 315 126 447 606

Chokari 1811 8884 4706 4178 3336 2170 2738 239 253 1417 535 25 1776 116 1715 2522

Somjipura 518 2480 1292 1188 1020 742 748 180 4 2 109 9 322 158 540 1006

Sandha 531 2600 1349 1251 1024 740 785 156 10 237 287 2 464 152 554 858

Majatan 629 3288 1704 1584 1301 972 847 251 91 102 230 28 417 144 766 1231

Vishrampura 606 2997 1538 1459 1242 975 859 375 37 147 238 20 375 199 642 937

Lola 270 1535 805 730 637 471 502 41 8 5 238 10 166 26 295 684

Chitral 351 1728 885 843 683 512 455 59 58 66 128 4 231 49 372 718

Gavasad 780 3613 1886 1727 1483 1166 1049 157 47 21 203 12 480 119 790 1549

Gametha 762 3759 1967 1792 1473 1082 1049 114 185 706 403 12 411 88 733 972

Muval 903 4164 2177 1987 1685 1271 1265 207 8 18 344 18 418 149 904 1762

Dudhwada 460 1854 1001 853 853 653 667 139 13 15 162 4 239 60 321 699

Brahmanvasi 430 2175 1146 1029 818 592 575 219 146 166 287 25 208 182 425 644

Masar 764 3552 1833 1719 1477 1178 1112 315 34 12 278 13 466 250 687 1392



Name of the

Village/

Town/

Ward

No. of

Occupied

Residential

House

Total Population

(Including

institutional and

houseless

population)

Literates Total main

Workers

Cultivator

s

Agricultural

Laborer

Marginal

Workers

Non-

Worker

P M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

Dabka 1545 7345 3963 3382 2883 1984 2108 414 141 309 165 18 1528 354 1714 2659

Vadu 1916 9626 5027 4599 3887 3024 2702 335 169 213 1040 36 1073 277 2156 4051

Dhobikuwa 710 3392 1739 1653 1395 1108 713 76 218 133 232 12 310 45 808 1444

Tithor 1078 4916 2630 2286 1881 1190 1597 559 37 282 356 12 846 504 996 1445

Narsipura 729 3447 1747 1700 1410 1090 1066 481 5 2 233 12 595 451 676 1217

Kareli 1313 5719 3007 2712 2326 1628 1740 308 153 736 661 37 656 216 1114 1668

Piludara 1045 4960 2594 2366 2009 1424 1432 220 161 507 357 13 579 114 1001 1639

Karkhadi 1100 4791 2511 2280 1928 1420 1416 364 123 272 292 25 413 256 972 1644

Kahanava 1915 8809 4662 4147 3374 2390 2794 1109 191 584 653 87 1652 860 1677 2454

Mahamadpura 323 1481 793 688 615 385 474 252 27 92 92 16 318 224 292 344

Gajana 513 2773 1422 1351 1200 1089 617 122 190 498 263 6 280 25 615 731

Kalyankui 141 627 326 301 273 219 132 9 70 42 78 4 2 1 124 250

Sadra 465 2275 1201 1074 920 654 737 98 15 39 220 9 401 77 449 937

Abhol 472 2304 1193 1111 838 550 753 297 13 4 224 11 399 269 427 810



Table 3.30: Summary of Socio-economic status of Study area (Amenities)

Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest

town

Power

Supply

Gambhira P(4),S,SS(2) PHS T,HP,TW PO(<5),SPO,

PCO,PH

BS PR,FP Anklav EA

Sultanpura P,S(<5),SS(

5-10)

PHC(5-10),PHS(<5),

MCW(5-10),VH(5-10)

T,W,TW,H

P,R/C,TK

PO(<5),PH

SPO(<5),PCO

BS,RS(5-10) PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Mahuvad PP,P,S,

SS(5-10),

C(5-10)

CHC(5-

10),PHC(<5),PHS,MCW,VH(

<5),TBC(5-10),HA(5-

10),HO(5-10),

D(5-10),FWC(5-10), MCH(5-

10)

T,W,TW,

HP,R/C

SPO,PCO,PH BS,RS(<5) PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Kural P,S,

SS(5-10)

PHS(5-10),D, HO(5-

10),VH(5-10), MHC(5-10),

FWC(5-10)

T,W,HP,

TW,TK

PO(5-10),SPO,

PCO(5-10),PH

BS PR,KR,FP Jambusar

EA

Pindapa P,S(5-10),

SS(5-10)

PHC(<5),PHS(<5),

MCW(<5),D(5-10),

VH(5-10),MHC(5-10)

T,W,TW,R

/C,TK

PO(<5),SPO,

PCO(<5),PH

BS,RS(5-10) PR,KR,FP Jambusar

EA

Mobha P(3),S,SS,

C

PHC,PHS,MCW, D(5-

10),FWC,MHC

T,TW,T

K

PO,SPO,PCO,PH BS,RS PR,

KR(<5),FP

Padra EA

Jalalpur P(1),

S(5-10),

SS(5-10)

PHC(<5),PHS,

MCW(<5),D(<5), FWC(<5),

VH(5-10),MHC(5-10)

T,R/C,

TK

PO(<5),SPO,PH BS,RS(<5) PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Bhoj P(3),S,

SS(5-10)

PHC(<5),PHS,

MCW,D(<5),VH(<5),

FWC(<5),MCH(<5)

T,HP,TW,

R/C

SPO,PCO BS,RS PR,

KR(<5),FP

Padra EA

Karnakuva P,S(<5) PHS(<5), D, MCW(<5),

VH(<5),MCH(<5),FWC(<5)

T,HP,TW PO(<5),PH

SPO(<5),PCO

BS PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Dhobikuwa PP(5-10),

P(2),

C(5-10)

CHC(5-10),PHC(<5),

PHS(<5),MCW(<5),

TBC(5-10),VH(<5),

T,W,HP,

TW,R/C

PO(5-10),PH

SPO(<5),PCO




Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest

town

Power

Supply

HA(5-10),D(5-10),

MHC(5-10),FWC(5-10)

Mujpur PP(5-10),

P(2),S(<5),

C (5-10),

CHC(5-10),PHC,PHS,

MCW(5-10), HA(5-10),D(5-

10) TBC(5-10),VH(5-

10),MHC(5-10), FWC(5-10)

T,W,HP,T

W,

R/C,TK

PO(5-10),PH

SPO,PCO

BS PR,

KR(<5),FP

Padra EA

Pavda P,S(5-10), PHC(5-10) W,HP,TW,

R/C,TK

PO(<5),PH,

SPO(<5),PCO


Chokari PP(5-10),

S(5-10)

PHC(5-10),PHS, MCW(5-

10),D, VH(5-10), MHC(5-10)

T,W,HP,T

W,R/C,TK

PO(<5),SPO,

PCO,PH

BS PR, FP

KR(5-10),

Padra EA

Somjipura P,S(<5) PHC(<5),PHS(<5),

VH(<5),MCW

T,HP,TW,

TK

PCO(5-10),PH BS PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Sandha PP(<5),P,

S(<5)

PHC(<5),PHS(<5),

MCW(<5),D(5-10), VH(5-

10),FWC(5-10), MHC(5-10)

T,W,TK PO(5-10),SPO,

PCO,PH

BS,R(5-10) PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Majatan P,S(5-10) PHC(<5), PHS(<5),

MCW(<5), D(<5),

FWC(<5),VH(5-10),MHC(5-

10)

T,W,HP,T

W,TK

PO(<5),SPO,

PCO(<5),PH

BS,RS(5-10) PR,

KR(5-10),

FP

Padra EA

Vishrampura P,S(<5),

SS(5-10)

PHS(<5),MCW(<5),D(5-

10),VH(<5), FWC(5-10)

T,TW,

TK

PO(5-10),SPO,

PCO(5-10),PH

BS,RS(5-10) PR(5-10),

KR(5-10),

FP

Padra EA

Lola P,S(<5) PHC(5-10),PHS(5-10),VH(5-

10), MCW(5-10),D(5-10),

MHC(5-10), FWC(5-10)

T,HP,TW,

TK

PH,PCO(<5),PH BS,RS(5-10) PR(<5),

KR,FP

Padra EA

Chitral P(2),S(<5),

SS(<5),

C(5-10)

PHC(5-10),PHS,

MCW(<5)

T,HP,TW SPO,PH,PCO(<5) BS,RS(5-10) PR(<5),

KR(<5),FP

Padra EA

Gavasad P,S(<5), PHC(5-10), PHS,MCW(5-10), T,TW, SPO,PH,PCO(<5) BS,RS(<5) PR,FP, Padra EA



Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest

town

Power

Supply

SS(<5) VH(5-10),MHC,

FWC(5-10)

TK KR(<5)

Gametha P,S(<5),

SS(<5)

PHC(5-10),D(5-10), PHS(5-

10),MCW(<5),VH(5-

10),MHC(5-10),FWC(5-10)

T,W,HP,T

W,TK

PO(<5),SPO,

PH,PCO

BS,RS(<5) PR,FP,

KR(5-10)

Jambusar

EA

Muval P(3),S PHC,VH(5-10), PHS,MHC(5-

10), D,FWC(5-10)

T,W,HP,T

W,TK

PO(<5),SPO,

PH,PCO

BS,RS(<5) PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Dudhwada P,S(<5) PHC(<5),PHS,

MCW(<5),D(<5), VH(5-

10),MHC(<5), FWC(<5)

T,W,HP,T

W,TK

PO(<5),SPO,

PH,PCO


Brahmanvasi P,S(<5) PHC(<5), MCW(5-

10),D(<5),

MHC(<5),FWC(<5)

T,HP,TW,

TK

PO(<5),SPO,PCO BS,RS(5-10) PR,FP

KR(<5)

Jambusar EA

Masar P(3),S,SS PHS,MCW(<5), D(5-

10),VH(5-10), MHC(5-10),

FWC(5-10)

T,TW,

TK

PO,SPO,

PH(5-10),

PCO(5-10)

BS PR,KR,FP Jambusar EA

Dabka P(2),S

PHC(5-10),PHS, MCW(5-10),

VH(5-10)

T,W,HP,

TW,R/C

SPO,PH,PCO BS PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Vadu PP(1),

P(3),S

PHC,PHS,MCW,D(<5),VH,MH

C

T,HP,TW SPO,PH,PCO BS,RS(<5) PR,KR,FP Padra EA

Dhobikuwa PP(5-10),

P(2),

C(5-10)

CHC(5-10),PHC(<5),

PHS(<5),MCW(<5), TBC(5-

10),D(5-10), HA(5-

10),VH(<5), MHC(5-10),

FWC(5-10)

T,W,HP,

TW,R/C

PO(5-10),PH

SPO(<5),PCO


Tithor P(2),

S(<5)

PHC(<5),PHS,

MCW(<5),D

T,W,HP,

TW,R/C

SPO,PH,PCO BS PR(<5),

KR,FP

Padra EA

Narsipura P,S(<5) PHC(<5),PHS(<5),

MCW(<5),D(<5),

VH(<5),MHC(<5),

T,HP,

TK

SPO BS,RS(5-10) PR(<5),

KR,FP

Padra EA



Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest

town

Power

Supply

FWC(<5)

Kareli P(2),S,

SS(<5)

PHS,MCW(5-10), T,W,HP,

R/C

SPO,PH,PCO BS PR,KR,FP Jambusar

EA

Piludara P,S,

SS(5-10)

PHC(5-10,)PHS,VH T,HP,TW SPO,PH,PCO BS PR,KR,FP Jambusar

EA

Karkhadi P(5),S,

SS(5-10)

PHC,PHS,MCW T,W,HP,T

W,R/C,TK

PO,SPO(<5),

PH,PCO

BS,RS(5-10) PR,KR,FP Padra

EA

Kahanava P(8),S PHS T,W,HP,T

W,R/C,TK

SPO,PH,PCO BS PR,KR,FP Jambusar

EA

Mahmadpura P,S(5-10) PHS(<5),MCW(<5),

VH(<5)

T,HP,TW,

R/C

SPO,PH(<5),

PCO(<5)

BS PR,FP

KR(5-10)

Padra

EA

Gajana P,S(<5),

SS(<5)

PHS T,HP,TW SPO,PH BS,RS(5-10) PR,KR,FP Borsad

EA

Kalyankui P PHS(<5),MCW(<5) T,W,HP,T

W,R/C,TK

PO(<5),PH(<5)

SPO(5-10),

PCO(<5)


Sadra P PHC(<5),PHS(<5),MCW(<5)

,VH(5-10), D(<5),MHC(<5),

FWC(<5)

T,W,HP,T

W,R/C,TK

PO(5-10),SPO,

PH


Abhol P,S,SS(<5) PHS,MCW(<5), T,HP,TW,

TK/P/L

PO(<5),PH(5-10)

SPO,PCO(5-10)

BS,RS(<5) PR,KR,FP Jambusar

EA



Abbreviations: Educational

PP - Preprimary School

P - Primary School S - Secondary School

SS - Senior Secondary School C - College

Medical Facility

MCW - Maternity & Child Welfare Centre PHC - Primary Health Centre

PHS - Primary Health Sub-Centre CHC - Community Health Centre

H - Allopathic Hospital D - Dispensary

FWC - Family Welfare Centre CWC - Child Welfare Centre

HA - Ayurvedic Hospital

MHC - Mobile Health Clinic T.B - T.B Clinic

Drinking Water

T - Tap Water HP - Hand Pump

TW - Tube well Water W - Well Water

TK - Tank water R/C - River/Canal

Post and Telegraph

PO - Post Office PH - Telephone Connection

SPO - Sub Post Office

PCO - Public Call Office

Transportation BS - Bus

RS - Railway Station

Approach to Village PR - Pucca Road

KR - Kutccha Road FP - Foot path

Power Supply

EA - Electricity for all Purposes



Figure3.7

Location of AAQM station

Indicating AAQM stations

Project site



Figure 3.8

Wind Rose diagram



Figure 3.9

Water sampling Locations

Indicating Ground Water sampling location

IndicatingSurface Water Sampling location

Project site

Masar

Vadu



Figure 3.10

Noisemonitoring locations

Indicating Noise Monitoring location

Project site



Figure 3.11

Soil Sampling Locations

Indicating locations of Soil sampling

Project site



Figure 3.12Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:25,000 scale)



Figure 3.13Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:50,000 scale)


Final EIA Report of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. 4-1

Chapter-4Anticipated Environmental Impacts &

Mitigation Measures4.1 GENERAL

Environmental Impact can be defined as any change in environmental

conditions which may be adverse or beneficial, occurred due to action or

set of actions under consideration. It can be assessed by identifying the

sources of the impact and predicting the same. The identification of

environmental impacts has been made by co-relating the relationship

between project activity and environmental parameters. As a part of

present EIA study, anticipated environmental impacts associated with the

project activity of the unit have been identified. The project activities are

usually divided into two phases: Construction Phase and Operation Phase.

For evaluation of impacts due to proposed activities, baseline data has

been utilized. Changes in the environmental parameters & their impact in

terms of short term or long term, positive or negative, reversible &

irreversible are identified & predicted.

The next step is prediction of impacts, which is an important component

in environmental impact assessment process. Several techniques and

methodologies are in vogue for predicting the impacts due to proposed

industrial development on physical, chemical, biological and socio-

economic components of environment. Such predictions delineate

contribution in existing baseline condition for the proposed project. The

additional impacts due to proposed activities are analyzed by keeping in

mind the baseline status. This helps to assess the assimilative capacity of

the environment and in turn the gravity of the impacts. Based on the

identification & prediction of the nature of impact, it can be evaluated

qualitatively and quantitatively. In this chapter, the effect due to

construction & operational activity of the proposed expansion project is

explained.



4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT

This chapter deals with the assessment of project impacts on

environment. Mitigation measures are suggested to minimize the likely

negative impacts. The network method (Cause - effect) was adopted to

identify potential impact of the proposed expansion activity. It includes

stepwise study of relationship between an activity and its environmental

parameters. This method involves in the “Road Map” type of approach to

the identification of second & third order effect. The basic idea is to

account for the project activity & identify the type of impact that could

initially occur followed by the identification of secondary and tertiary

impact. The project will have impacts of varying magnitude on different

environmental components. These impacts could be categorized as,

Primary impacts, i.e. impacts which occur as a direct result of the

project activities.

Secondary and tertiary impacts, i.e. impacts that occur as a result

of primary impacts.

4.2.1Identification of Impacting Activities

Various activities involved in the project are divided viz.:

A. Construction phase activities: impacts are immediate, in the vicinity

and sporadic

B. Operation phase activities: impacts are long term, in wide area and

continuous

The activities identified for the project under each phase are:

Construction phase

Excavation

Foundation & Civil work

Transportation of construction materials, equipments & machineries

Installation of equipments & machineries

Operation phase

Plant operation

Material storage & handling

Utilities and services

Greenbelt development



4.2.2Identification of Environment Attributes

There are various types of impacts arise due to the proposed expansion

activities which will be evaluated considering the following environment

parameters in construction and operational phase,

Impact on Topography

Impact on Air Environment

Impact on Water Environment

Impact on Noise Environment

Impact on Land Environment (Hazardous/solid waste generation)

Impact on Biological Environment

Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

Impact on Occupational Health & Safety

4.3 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

Proposed expansion will be carried out in the existing premises. During

the construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape.

Thus, the impact during the construction is reversible, for short terms

and insignificant. Construction of plant & building will be carried out for

proposed expansion. During the operational phase of the project being an

existing unit, no major impact is envisaged on the topography.

4.4 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

a. Construction Phase impact & mitigation measures

Proposed expansion will be done in the existing premises wherein the

construction activities will be carried out as per the plant design. So,

there will be chances of dust generation. It will be limited up to working

area only and not likely to spread in wider area. To mitigate the impact,

regular sprinkling of the water will be done. Vehicular traffic lead to

increased concentration pollutants through exhaust gases, affecting the

ambient air quality of surrounding areas. Vehicles only with PUC

certificates will be allowed. These effects will remain localized near to the

plant site, and are envisaged as short-term negative & reversible in

nature. Hence, looking to the overall facts described above, it can be

concluded that, the impacts on air due to the construction & erection

activities will be minimum or negligible.



b. Operational phase impact & mitigation measures

Long term impacts on the air quality are anticipated due to operational

activities. It depends on various factors like process technology,

operation & maintenance, raw material, fuel, air pollution control

measures. For the study of impact assessment for air environment, all

probable emissions are studied including fugitive emission. The sources

and expected emission level are described in below section.

Emission from the project

Main source of air emission will be point source & fugitive emission. At

present, flue gas emission is from stack of Boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater,

Hot Air Generator, and D.G. set. After expansion, additional boiler, TFH

and HAG will be installed wherein coal/agro waste will be used as fuel.

Current process gas emission is from process vessel of CPC Blue and after

expansion process vessel of CPC Blue and Alpha Blue, chlorination and

dumping vessel for CPC green and spin flash dryers (4 nos.) will be

installed. Emitted pollutants will be SPM, SO2, NOX, NH3, HCl, and Cl2.

Mitigation measures

Due to use of coal/agro waste in boiler, TFH and HAG, multi cyclone dust

collector is and will be used as APCM. For control of process emissions

from process vessels two stage water scrubbers, alkali scrubber; and

from spin flash dryer, bag filters will be used as APCM. Adequate stack

height and facility for sampling such as ladder & sampling point is and will

be provided as per the SPCB guidelines for proper dispersion of

pollutants.

4.4.1Air Pollution Dispersion Modeling of stack

Following sub-section give air dispersion modeling details for prediction of

changes in GLC of pollutants emitted from the above stacks.

Objective: The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground

level concentration during the operation of the project and its impact on

ambient air quality of the area concentrations and compare with

applicable NAAQS.

Model used: The impact on air quality due to emissions from single

source or group of sources is evaluated by use of mathematical models.

The impacts of air pollutants were predicted using Gaussian air dispersion



model, which is selected on the basis of existence of multiple point

sources within the industrial complex and the plain terrain at the project

site. In order to predict the impact of air pollutants on ambient air

quality, ISCST3 model (Industrial Source Complex – Short Term

(ISCST3) dispersion model) of United State Environmental Protection

Agency (USEPA) was used by considering guidelines stipulated by CPCB

for air pollution dispersion modeling. The Gaussian model provides

estimates of pollutant concentrations at various receptor locations.

It is an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian model which takes into

account the following:

Terrain adjustments

Stack-tip downwash

Gradual plume rise

Buoyancy-induced dispersion, and

Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection

Plume reflection off elevated terrain

Building down wash

Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for Hourly

source emission rates, exit velocity and stack gas temperature

Only two stability conditions based on the meteorology aspects were used

to calculate the theoretical maximum ground level concentration is

comparing the actual data and data generated from mathematical

modeling, it highlights that the stability condition E & A-B were

predominant in the region.

Following are the assumptions made while using the model:

- No dry and wet depletion of pollutants

- Receptors are on flat terrain

The key emitted pollutants will be SPM, SO2, NOX, NH3, HCl, and Cl2.

4.4.2Micrometeorology

Hourly micrometeorological data collected during the study period (Oct,

2017 to Dec, 2017) have been used for modeling. The hourly wind

speed, solar insolation & total cloudiness during day time and wind speed

& total cloudiness during night time were used to determine the hourly

atmospheric stability classes (defined by Pasquill and Gifford as A to F, A



being most unstable and F being most stable). The hourly stability classes

were determined based on the technique suggested by Turner.

Turner’s system used for determining the stability classes is as follows:

- For day or night: If total cloud cover (TC) = 10/10 and ceiling

<7000 ft (2134 m), NR=0

- For night-time (defined as period from one hour before sunset to

one hour after sunrise):

a) If TC<4/10, use NR = -2

b) If TC>4/10, use NR = -1

- For daytime: determine isolation class number (IN)

a) If TC<5/10, use NR=IN

b) If TC>5/10, modify IN by the sum of the following applicable

criteria

If ceiling<7000 ft (2134 m), modification = -2

If ceiling>7000 ft but <16000 ft (4877 m), modification = -1

- If TC=10/10 and ceiling>7000 ft, modification = -1 and let modified

value of IN=NR, except for day-time NR cannot be <+1.

During the study period, stability calculated based on above-mentioned

Turner method gives average stability as A-B class during Day time and E

class during Night time.

4.4.3Input data

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of incremental GLC

values of SPM, SO2, NOX, NH3, HCl, and Cl2 using one season

meteorological data during Oct, 2017 to Dec, 2017. Input data includes

quantitative expected emission levels, temperature, mixing height from

the stack. Input data is given in Table 4.1.

4.4.4Receptor Network

Uniform polar grid and ambient air monitoring locations are considered as

discrete Cartesian receptor network for entire study area of 10 km radius.

4.4.5Output of model (24-hourly GLCs)

The 24-hourly average Ground Level Concentration (GLC) values from

proposed project have been computed for SPM, SO2, NOX, NH3, HCl, and

Cl2 considering topographical features around the plant & applicable

stability classes. The maximum 50 (24-hr) average concentration values



for SPM, SO2, NOX, NH3, HCl, and Cl2 are given in Table 4.3 to 4.8.

Corresponding Isopleths for 24-hourly predicted value is generated which

is shown in Figure 4.1 to 4.6.

It may be noted from the computed result for the proposed scenario that,

the highest 24-hourly average GLCs value of SPM, SO2, NOx, NH3, HCl,

and Cl2 from the proposed expansion activity are 6.921 g/m3, 2.743

g/m3, 1.549 g/m3, 4.515 g/m3, 0.179 g/m3, and 0.089 g/m3,

respectively. These GLCs of SPM, SO2, NOx are expected to occur at a

distance of 1.0 km from the source in W direction & for NH3, HCl, and Cl2

occur at a distance of 1.0 km from the source in N direction. With this

marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of

PM10, SO2 & NOx will remain well below the 24-hourly ambient air quality

standards for SO2 & NOx (80 g/m3), PM10 (100 g/m3), PM2.5 (60 g/m3)

prescribed by CPCB.

4.4.6Incremental & cumulative concentration of pollutants

The maximum incremental GLCs due to project for SPM, SO2, NOx is

superimposed on the baseline concentrations recorded during the study

period to arrive at the likely resultant concentrations after

implementation of the proposed plant. The cumulative concentrations

(baseline + incremental) of the project is tabulated below at Table 4.2.

4.4.7Conclusion

The modeling study proved that, the air emissions from the proposed

expansion activities would not likely to cause any significant impact on

the ambient air quality of the study area. The ambient air quality around

project site will remain within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(NAAQS) prescribed for residential area.

4.5 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

The main sources of impact on water environment will be due to

withdrawal of fresh water from the ground during construction and

operation phase. These are discussed below.

a. Construction Phase impacts & mitigation measures

The water requirement for various purposes will be met from own bore

well. During construction work, water requirement is estimated to be

about 5-20 KLD depending upon nature of construction work. In addition



to this, about 2-3 KLD fresh water will be required for domestic activities

of the construction staff which will also be met through the same source.

There will be no wastewater generation from the construction work.

Hence, it can be concluded that there will be no adverse impact during

construction phase.

b. Operational Phase impacts & mitigation measures

Raw water requirement for the project will be met from own bore well.

After expansion, total fresh water requirement will be 479 KLD which will

have impact on ground water.

c. Impact Assessment

As fresh water will be extracted from ground, there will be some impact

on the ground water table. However, it will be balanced by recharging

ground water during the monsoon season. For that, industry will

developed rain water harvesting structure outside the factory premises to

avoid any ground water contamination. Thus, by recharging the ground

water during the rain, unit will contribute to balance groundwater. So,

there will not be any major impact on the water environment due to

proposed expansion activities.

Additionally, generated w/w from process, lab, scrubber and washing will

be treated in in-house ETP followed to RO and MEE. Reject from RO will

be sent to MEE. Permeate of RO and condensate of MEE will be reused.

Domestic w/w will be treated in STP and reused for greenbelt. Proper,

effective planning will be implemented to minimize the temporary effect

on water resources.

Mitigation Measures:

Minimum use of water will be done for construction phase.

Permeate of RO and Condensate of MEE will be reused to reduce

burden on fresh water resources.

4.6 IMPACT ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Any unwanted sound that creates disturbance in hearing is termed as

Noise. Hence, it is important to assess the present noise quality of the

area in order to predict the potential impact of future noise levels due to

the project.



a. Construction Phase Impact & mitigation measures

During the construction phase, impacts on noise level will occur due to

the noise generation from new equipments/machineries as well as some

impact due to transportation. Mainly the impacts of increased noise levels

during construction are likely to occur due to increase movement of

trucks & other diesel powered material handling equipment. The impacts

of noise during the construction would be restricted to the site only and

will be temporary. PPEs like ear muff/ear plug will be provided to the

workers. Regular maintenance & lubrication of construction equipment &

machineries will be undertaken to reduce the noise generation. Thus, it is

envisaged that the impacts on noise during the construction phase would

be insignificant after mitigation measure.

b. Operational Phase Impact & mitigation measures

During operation of the project, noise levels will increase considerably

due to operation of boiler, generators, reactors etc. The noise anticipated

from the project will be confined only within plant boundary. Adequate

greenbelt will be developed for prevention of noise propagation outside

plant premises. Oiling/lubrication & preventive maintenance will be done

to reduce noise generation at source to the permissible limit. However, at

places where noise levels may exceed the limit, PPEs will be provided to

workers. Adequate noise control measures such as silencers, anti-

vibration pad etc. will be provided. All the equipment will be designed/

operated in such a way that the noise level in work place shall not exceed

85 dB(A) as per the OSHA Standard. During operation, the protective

measures like PPEs (ear muff, ear plug) will be provided & the exposure

duration of workers/other personnel to noise will be managed as per

OSHA standard. The results of baseline monitoring carried out in the

region are presented in Chapter-3. The results are below the standards

prescribed for Industrial environment. It can be concluded that, the

impact on noise environment will be long term but insignificant.

4.7 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

The main source of impact on land and soil environment will be due to

construction activities and hazardous waste disposal.



a. Construction Phase Impact & mitigation measures

Since the proposed expansion activities will be carried out in the existing

premises leveling would not be required. There will be no change in land

use as the land is already been converted for use of industrial purpose.

The construction activities like excavation, clearing, leveling & vehicular

movements will entail change in the landscape, which are expected to be

of short duration and insignificant. Unit will provide sanitation facilities for

the staff engaged in construction work which will prevent the impacts on

land. Thus, there will not be any issue of impacts on land during the

construction phase.

b. Operational Phase impact (Solid/Hazardous Waste)

During the operation phase, it is identified that the impacts on land would

occur due to the contamination by Solid/Hazardous wastes. The

hazardous wastes are the major source of impacts on land. Hazardous

waste generation from project must be considered to identify the

potential impacts. There will be increase in the quantity of generation of

hazardous waste. Total qty. after proposed expansion is given below.

a) ETP Sludge – 230 MT/month

b) Salt from MEE - 140 MT/month

c) Used lubricating Oil – 1.0 kl/yr.

d) Discarded containers/liners/barrels – 1250 Nos./Month & 5.33

MT/Month.

e) Inorganic acid (H2SO4) – 2100 MT/Month

f) Inorganic acid (HCl) – 70 MT/Month

g) Sodium hypo chlorite solution – 90 MT/Month

h) Halogenated compounds (Aluminum Chloride) – 800 MT/Month


Hazardous & Other waste (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Rules, 2016. ETP sludge and MEE salt will be disposed to approved TSDF

site. Whereas discarded drums/containers are/will be reused and in case

of excess, disposed of by selling to registered recyclers. Used lubricating

oil will be sold to approve recyclers. HCl, sodium hypo chlorite, and

aluminum chloride will be sold to the actual users. Hazardous waste will

be stored in the isolated hazardous waste storage area within premises



having impervious platform having RCC floor, leachate collection system

& roof cover. Hence, no significant negative impact is envisaged on the

surrounding soil quality and land environment.

4.8 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

a. Construction phase impact & mitigation measures

Unit is already in existence, so there will not be any cutting of natural

vegetation. Thus, it is envisaged that there will not be any adverse

impacts on the ecology/biological environment in construction phase.

b. Operational phase impact & mitigation measures

There are no protected areas like national park/wildlife sanctuary within

the 10 km radial of the project site so there will not be any significant

impact on ecology. No endangered floral or faunal species has been

recorded within the study area. Further, unit already has developed

greenbelt & proposed to make it denser to enhance the biological feature

of the site. Also, the trees are identified for their sensitivity & pollution

tolerance capacity. Following is the list of trees which are helpful as

pollution absorber and at the same time pollution sensitive.

FamilyName

BotanicalName

CommonName

Sensitive Tolerant

Anacardiaceae Mangiferaindica Mango Cement dust, Coaldust, SO2

Dust collector

Anonaceae Polyalthialongifolia Asopalav SO2 Dust collector

Caesalpiniaceae Cassia fistula Garmalo Cement dust, PoorDust collector, SO2

N.A

Delonixregia Gulmohar SO2, Fly ash,Cement dust

N.A

Meliaceae Azadirachtaindica Neem Cement dust SO2

Mimosaceae Pithecellobiumdulce Gorasamli N.A Better Dustcollector, SO2

There will not be any discharge of effluent from the plant into any water

body; hence there will not be any impact on aquatic ecology of the

surrounding area. GLCs of air pollutants will remain low and hence no

significant impact on terrestrial ecology is expected. Entire quantity of

hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per Hazardous & Other

waste (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Thus,

there will not be any significant impact on ecological environment due to

proposed expansion activities.



4.9 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

a. Construction Phase Impacts & Mitigation Measures

During the peak construction phase, construction manpower including

construction workers will be employed. However, to the maximum extent

possible, construction workers will be employed from within the study

area. Since the construction phase of this project will be for short time

period, the socio-economic impact due to construction of this project is

going to be temporary. Around 30-40 workers will be employed in the

construction work. This will increase construction employment in the

study area. As the construction phase for the proposed project will be few

months, the impact would be temporary.

b. Operation Phase Impacts & Mitigation Measures

The proposed expansion activities will be carried out in the existing plant

premises. Therefore, no displacement of person is envisaged. Unit will

provide employment opportunity to locally available skilled and un-skilled

labours at different level as per the requirement, which in turn result into

a positive impact on prevailing socio-economic environment. For the

proposed expansion, additional 65 nos. of workers will be employed. In

addition, employment will be generated by the secondary supporting

activities e.g. transportation, communication, daily utility services.

Surrounding area has got good educational facilities and most of

employees will come from the surrounding area. Thus, overall impacts on

socio-economic environment are long term and positive in nature.

4.10 IMPACT ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

a. Construction Phase Impacts & mitigation measures

In the Construction phase, some effects on occupational health & safety

of the employees working in the site are envisaged. Major health issues

encountered will be physical hazards & accidental Hazard. All plans and

construction schedule will be followed as per relevant laws approved by

competent authority, so as to minimize the occupational health hazards.

Mitigation Measures

Necessary PPEs like helmets, ear plug/ear muff, safety shoes,

goggles etc. will be provided to workers.



Incident/accident reporting system will be developed and all the

employees will be made aware for the same.

Periodic inspection of equipments & machineries will be done.

b. Operational Phase Impacts & mitigation measures

In operational phase, various effects on occupational health and safety of

the employees working in the plant are envisaged. Major health and

safety issues encountered will be physical hazards, respiratory hazards,

electrical hazards, noise, fire hazards associated while working within the

plant. Preventive safety measures shall be taken to minimize the risk of

accident with respect to chemical handling.

Mitigation Measures

Emergency preparedness plan should be implemented.

First aid/other emergency treatment should be provided.

Workers shall be well equipped with personal protective

equipments. Only authorized persons will be allowed inside the

plant.

A health monitoring program shall be in place to monitor the health

of the persons working on the site to ensure the health status of all

concerned.

Fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers will be installed at different

locations within premises.

Sign boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating

appropriate hazard warnings.

Good house-keeping will be ensured within the factory premises.



Table 4.1

Input data for air quality modeling

Sr.No.

Stackattached to

StackTemp.(0K)

Velocity(m/s)

StackHeight

(m)

Dia.(m)

FuelUsed

SPMg/s

SO2g/s

NOXg/s

Existing performance of air emission1 Steam Boiler

& TFH438 7.5 30 0.45 Coal 0.116 0.045 0.033

2 Hot AirGenerator

453 8.1 30 0.45 Coal 0.135 0.053 0.039

3 D.G. Set 483 15 9 0.225 Diesel 0.043 0.019 0.0204 Process

Vessel of CPCblue(Existing)

335 5.5 10 0.3 -NH3 = 0.066 g/s

Estimated air emission of proposed stacks5 Boiler & TFH 440 7.5 30 0.45 Coal 0.119 0.089 0.0486 Hot Air

Generator443 8.5 30 0.45 Coal 0.135 0.101 0.054

7 ProcessVessel of CPCblue

335 5.5 21 0.3 - NH3 = 0.066 g/s

8 Chlorination& DumpingVessel of CPCgreen

335 5.5 21 0.3 - HCl = 0.008 g/sCl2 = 0.004 g/s

9 ProcessVessel ofAlpha blue

335 5.5 11 0.3 - SO2 =0.016 g/s

10 Spin FlashDryer –1 & 2

375 5.0 11 0.3 - SPM = 0.053 g/s

11 Spin FlashDryer –3 & 4

375 5.0 11 0.3 - SPM = 0.053 g/s



Table 4.2

Cumulative Concentrations at various locations

Station Direction Dist.

(Km)

BaselineConcentration

(µg/m3)

Predicted GLCs(µg/m3)

CumulativeConcentration

(µg/m3)PM SO2 NOx PM SO2 NOx PM SO2 NOx

Project site(A1)

- - 79.5 29.4 32.4 1.0 0.8 0.2 80.5 30.2 32.6

Karakhadi(A2)

WNW 2.01 69.6 26.2 29.3 1.5 0.6 0.4 71.1 26.8 29.7

Dudhwada

(A3)

W 3.70 65.6 26.1 29.4 1.0 0.4 0.3 66.6 26.5 29.7

Gametha

(A4)

S 4.60 71.4 28.7 31.9 0.5 0.2 0.1 71.9 28.9 32

Tithor (A5) NW 4.67 71.7 28.1 30.08 0.5 0.2 0.1 72.2 28.3 30.18

Muval (A6) ESE 5.42 69.4 27.3 30.7 0.5 0.2 0.0 69.9 27.5 30.7

Chokari(A7)

NE 2.90 72.1 29.0 32.5 1.0 0.6 0.3 73.1 29.6 32.8

Dabka(A8)

NNE 6.34 73.2 26.9 30.2 0.5 0.2 0.1 73.7 27.1 30.3



Table 4.3

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SPMRANK CONC RECEPTOR

(XR,YR)TYPE RANK CONC RECEPTOR

(XR,YR)TYPE

1 6.921 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 26 3.804 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC2 6.212 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 27 3.758 ( -1000.00, .00) GC3 6.211 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 28 3.703 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC4 6.012 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 29 3.633 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC5 5.664 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 30 3.571 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC6 5.580 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 31 3.432 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC7 4.856 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 32 3.358 ( 3000.00, 3000.00) GC8 4.835 ( .00, 3000.00) GC 33 3.310 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC9 4.685 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 34 3.309 ( -1000.00, .00) GC

10 4.672 ( 2000.00, 2000.00) GC 35 3.301 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC11 4.519 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 36 3.287 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC12 4.449 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 37 3.245 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC13 4.356 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 3.177 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC14 4.347 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 39 3.176 ( -3000.00, .00) GC15 4.336 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 40 3.155 ( .00, 5000.00) GC16 4.199 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 41 3.044 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC17 4.194 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 42 3.032 ( -3000.00, .00) GC18 4.140 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 43 3.029 ( -1000.00, 1000.00) GC19 4.118 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 44 3.022 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC20 4.112 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 45 3.013 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC21 4.073 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 46 2.990 ( -1000.00, .00) GC22 4.020 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 47 2.956 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC23 3.907 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 48 2.940 ( -2000.00, .00) GC24 3.869 ( .00, 4000.00) GC 49 2.939 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC25 3.832 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 50 2.921 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

Note: Receptor Types: GC = Grid cart, Concentration in µg/m3



Table 4.4

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SO2

RANK CONC RECEPTOR(XR,YR)

TYPE RANK CONC RECEPTOR(XR,YR)

TYPE

1 2.743 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 26 1.482 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC2 2.353 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 27 1.473 ( -1000.00, .00) GC3 2.142 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 28 1.454 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC4 2.107 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 29 1.438 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC5 2.071 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 30 1.427 ( .00, 5000.00) GC6 2.064 ( .00, 3000.00) GC 31 1.405 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC7 1.959 ( 2000.00, 2000.00) GC 32 1.388 ( -3000.00, .00) GC8 1.906 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 33 1.362 ( -1000.00, .00) GC9 1.831 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 34 1.351 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC

10 1.809 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 35 1.328 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC11 1.717 ( .00, 4000.00) GC 36 1.304 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC12 1.689 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 37 1.275 ( -5000.00, -2000.00) GC13 1.665 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 1.272 ( -3000.00, .00) GC14 1.624 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 39 1.264 ( .00, -1000.00) GC15 1.605 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 40 1.247 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC16 1.592 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 41 1.221 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC17 1.569 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 42 1.206 ( .00, 6000.00) GC18 1.565 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC 43 1.199 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC19 1.561 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 44 1.194 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC20 1.557 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 45 1.193 ( -2000.00, -5000.00) GC21 1.539 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC 46 1.180 ( -2000.00, .00) GC22 1.532 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 47 1.180 ( -2000.00, .00) GC23 1.524 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 48 1.176 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC24 1.501 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 49 1.169 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC25 1.484 ( 3000.00, 3000.00) GC 50 1.166 ( -1000.00, .00) GC




Table 4.5

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NOxRANK CONC RECEPTOR


(XR,YR)TYPE

1 1.549 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 26 0.848 ( .00, 5000.00) GC2 1.352 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 27 0.844 ( -1000.00, .00) GC3 1.212 ( .00, 3000.00) GC 28 0.844 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC4 1.193 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 29 0.834 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC5 1.179 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 30 0.828 ( -1000.00, .00) GC6 1.177 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 31 0.819 ( -3000.00, .00) GC7 1.149 ( 2000.00, 2000.00) GC 32 0.795 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC8 1.113 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 33 0.791 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC9 1.054 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 34 0.765 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC

10 1.016 ( .00, 4000.00) GC 35 0.761 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC11 0.959 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 36 0.759 ( -5000.00, -2000.00) GC12 0.928 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 37 0.749 ( -3000.00, .00) GC13 0.928 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 38 0.740 ( .00, -1000.00) GC14 0.926 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 39 0.738 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC15 0.922 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC 40 0.720 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC16 0.909 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 41 0.718 ( .00, 6000.00) GC17 0.908 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC 42 0.714 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC18 0.898 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 43 0.711 ( -2000.00, -5000.00) GC19 0.894 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 44 0.707 ( -1000.00, .00) GC20 0.889 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 45 0.695 ( -2000.00, .00) GC21 0.881 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 46 0.691 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC22 0.881 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 47 0.686 ( -2000.00, .00) GC23 0.879 ( 3000.00, 3000.00) GC 48 0.681 ( 4000.00, 4000.00) GC24 0.868 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 49 0.680 ( 2000.00, 2000.00) GC25 0.855 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC 50 0.679 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC




Table 4.6

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NH3

RANK CONC RECEPTOR(XR,YR)

TYPE RANK CONC RECEPTOR(XR,YR)

TYPE

1 4.515 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 26 1.760 ( -1000.00, .00) GC2 3.492 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 27 1.758 ( -2000.00, .00) GC3 3.356 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 28 1.754 ( 2000.00, 2000.00) GC4 3.049 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 29 1.740 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC5 2.803 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 30 1.702 ( 1000.00, .00) GC6 2.749 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 31 1.700 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC7 2.748 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 32 1.699 ( .00, 1000.00) GC8 2.566 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 33 1.687 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC9 2.387 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 34 1.662 ( -1000.00, 1000.00) GC

10 2.311 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 35 1.627 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC11 2.237 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 36 1.615 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC12 2.218 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 37 1.605 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC13 2.210 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 1.600 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC14 2.058 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 39 1.589 ( -1000.00, .00) GC15 2.056 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 40 1.452 ( -1000.00, .00) GC16 2.050 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 41 1.446 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC17 2.045 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 42 1.394 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC18 1.957 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 43 1.376 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC19 1.952 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 44 1.337 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC20 1.934 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 45 1.330 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC21 1.884 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 46 1.327 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC22 1.859 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 47 1.316 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC23 1.784 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 48 1.310 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC24 1.775 ( .00, 3000.00) GC 49 1.296 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC25 1.763 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 50 1.283 ( .00, -1000.00) GC




Table 4.7

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for HClRANK CONC RECEPTOR


(XR,YR)TYPE

1 0.179 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 26 0.078 ( -1000.00, 1000.00) GC2 0.153 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 27 0.076 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC3 0.149 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.075 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC4 0.139 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 29 0.075 ( -1000.00, .00) GC5 0.120 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 30 0.075 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC6 0.117 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 31 0.075 ( -1000.00, .00) GC7 0.114 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 32 0.073 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC8 0.110 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.073 ( -1000.00, .00) GC9 0.110 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 34 0.072 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC

10 0.097 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 35 0.071 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC11 0.095 ( .00, 3000.00) GC 36 0.070 ( .00, 4000.00) GC12 0.095 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 37 0.068 ( 1000.00, .00) GC13 0.093 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.067 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC14 0.091 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 39 0.065 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC15 0.091 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 40 0.065 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC16 0.090 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.063 ( -1000.00, .00) GC17 0.089 ( 2000.00, 2000.00) GC 42 0.063 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC18 0.088 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 43 0.062 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC19 0.088 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 44 0.062 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC20 0.088 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 45 0.062 ( .00, 1000.00) GC21 0.086 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 46 0.061 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC22 0.086 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 47 0.061 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC23 0.083 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 48 0.060 ( -3000.00, .00) GC24 0.083 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 49 0.058 ( -2000.00, .00) GC25 0.080 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 50 0.057 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC




Table 4.8

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for Cl2RANK CONC RECEPTOR (XR,YR) TYPE RANK CONC RECEPTOR

(XR,YR)TYPE

1 0.089 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 26 0.039 ( -1000.00, 1000.00) GC2 0.076 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 27 0.038 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC3 0.074 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 28 0.038 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC

4 0.069 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 29 0.038 ( -1000.00, .00) GC5 0.060 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 30 0.037 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC6 0.059 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 31 0.037 ( -1000.00, .00) GC7 0.057 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 32 0.037 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC8 0.055 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.036 ( -1000.00, .00) GC9 0.055 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 34 0.036 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC

10 0.048 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 35 0.035 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC11 0.048 ( .00, 3000.00) GC 36 0.035 ( .00, 4000.00) GC12 0.047 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 37 0.034 ( 1000.00, .00) GC13 0.047 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.034 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC14 0.046 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 39 0.033 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC15 0.045 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 40 0.032 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC16 0.045 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.031 ( -1000.00, .00) GC17 0.044 ( 2000.00, 2000.00) GC 42 0.031 ( -2000.00, -2000.00) GC18 0.044 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 43 0.031 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC19 0.044 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 44 0.031 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC20 0.044 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 45 0.031 ( .00, 1000.00) GC21 0.043 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 46 0.031 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC22 0.043 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 47 0.030 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC23 0.041 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 48 0.030 ( -3000.00, .00) GC24 0.041 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC 49 0.029 ( -2000.00, .00) GC25 0.040 ( -2000.00, .00) GC 50 0.029 ( -1000.00, -1000.00) GC




Figure 4.1: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for SPM



Figure 4.2: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for SO2



Figure 4.3: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for NOx



Figure 4.4: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for NH3



Figure 4.5: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for HCl



Figure 4.6: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for Cl2



Chapter-5Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 PROLOGUE

Alternative analysis is the process of analyzing the proposed locating for

suitability for basic necessities to operate the plant safely, this analysis

also covers the environmental aspect of pollution prevention and

improvement in quality of life nearby the project vicinity. The project

alternative is the course of action in pace of another, that would meet the

same purpose and need, but which would avoid or minimize negative

impacts and enhance project benefits. Such projects may result in

specific impacts which can be avoided or mitigated by adherence to

certain predetermined performance standards, guidelines or design

criteria. Alternative approaches may therefore be more effective in

integrating environmental and social concerns into the project planning

process.

5.2 SITE ALTERNATIVE

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) is an existing unit having an area of

17165 m2 at ECP Canal Road, Karakhadi, manufacturing CPC Blue Crude.

Now, unit proposes to expand its manufacturing capacity to 1400 MTPM

CPC and related products. The acquired plot will be sufficient for the

proposed expansion. The project site is approachable by Road via

Vadodara-Jambusar road Highway at an aerial distance of 5 Km.

Additionally, nearest city Vadodara is 23 km away from the location,

having connectivity with other parts of the country by road, rail & air.

Moreover, other required facilities like infrastructure, communication,

medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower, etc.

are easily available, too. Therefore, no other site or area was considered

for the proposed expansion activities.

5.3 PROCESS ALTERNATIVE

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II)’s R&D unit functions on the strategy of

innovating and creating new products in response to market trends and

demands; and improving existing processes to achieve optimum cost-

effectiveness by resource conservation. Over the years, Choksi Colours



has built a team of highly qualified professionals with vast experience in

the science and technology of with an objective of continuous

technological improvement. Proposed manufacturing methods in Chapter-

2 are results of such strong R&D. Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) plans

on setting up the expansion of the facility as per a new generation lay-out

to optimize production output. The proposed expansion unit will be

employing best available technologies (BAT) by using high-capacity

reactors and closed reactors capable of high pressure & temperature

reactions, in conjunction with highly skilled technology experts and

experienced technicians.

The wastewater generated will be treated in separate ETPs based on the

wastewater composition rather than treating all together. Wastewater

from utilities (cooling & boiler) will be treated by ETP followed by RO.

Similarly, wastewater from process, lab, washing, and scrubber will be

treated by another ETP followed by RO-MEE setup. RO permeate will be

reused and RO reject will be sent to MEE; MEE condensate will be reused,

too. Such treatment regime will be best available and most feasible

technology, and will maximize the potential of water recycling. Thus, unit

will satisfy its water demand by 1058 KLD of recycled water, and

reducing fresh water demand to 479 KLD, only.

Cyclone and bag filter systems will be installed as APCM for stack

attached to boilers, TFH, and HAGs. Process Vessel CPC Blue will be

installed with two stage water scrubber. Chlorination & Dumping Vessel of

CPC Green will be installed with two stage water scrubber followed by

alkali scrubber. Process vessel of Alpha blue will be installed with Alkali

Scrubber and spin flash dryers will be installed with bag filters. Such

scrubbing will be BAT to limit the emissions of pollutant to the regulatory

permissible limits. Additionally, in future, manufacturing processes and

pollution control measures will be updated to BAT for cleaner production,

environmental protection and resource conservation.



Chapter-6Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 PRELUDE

Environment monitoring is the sampling and analysis tool to know the

environment conditions at particular time. The record of environmental

monitoring is most important as the environmental changes are slow in

nature and impact appears after many years. Environmental Monitoring is

the technical heart of assessment of environmental and social impacts

arising due to implementation of the proposed project. An equally

essential element of this process is to develop measures to eliminate,

offset or reduce impacts to acceptable levels during implementation and

operation of projects. The integration of such measures into project

implementation and operation is supported by clearly defining the

environmental requirements within an Environmental Management Plan.

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. proposes to expand capacity of CPC Blue

Crude and other pigments manufacturing in the same plant premises. It

has adequate environmental monitoring programme.

6.2 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

The continuous monitoring of Environmental parameters like air, water,

noise, soil and performance of pollution control facilities and safety

measures in the plant are vital for proper Environmental management of

any industrial project. Therefore, the company shall create environmental

monitoring facilities by the environmental and safety department to

monitor air and water pollutants as per the guideline of GPCB & CPCB.

Moreover, air and water shall be monitored by outside agencies

authorized by GPCB at regular frequencies. This department shall also

carry out periodical checkup of fire and safety equipments.

6.3 OBJECTIVE OF MONITORING PLAN

The basic objective of implementing a monitoring plan on a regular basis

is as follows:

To know the pollution status within the plant and its vicinity.

Generate data for corrective action in respect of pollution.



Correlate the production operations with emission & control

mechanism.

Examine the performance of pollution control system.

Assess the Environmental impacts.

Remedial measures and environment management plant to reverse

the impacts.

6.4 SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENT MONITORING

The environmental monitoring will be scheduled on regular interval to

assess the conditions. The record of these monitoring will be compared

with the baseline study to know the changes in environmental conditions.

The post-project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should be

as per the following guideline.

The highlights of the integrated environmental monitoring plan are:

The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and porthole at

all the stacks will be maintained in good condition.

Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks/vents.

The performance of air pollution control equipment evaluated based

on these monitoring results.

Water consumption will be recorded daily.

As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of

acoustic hoods and other such noise reducing equipment. Regular

noise level monitoring will be carried out.

Greenbelt will be properly maintained and new plantation

programmes will be undertaken frequently.

Continuous environmental awareness programmes will be carried

out for the employees and also in the surrounding villages.

6.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

At Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II), after expansion, flue gas emission

will be from stack attached with boiler, Hot Air Generator & Thermic Fluid

Heater (TFH), where coal/agro waste will be used as a fuel. Most probable

pollutants will be SPM, SO2 and NOX. Process emission will be from

process vessels of CPC blue, CPC Green, and alpha blue. The details of

the flue gas stacks & process gas stacks are provided in Table 2.6 & 2.7

(Chapter 2).



Scheme for monitoring ambient air quality, stack emissions and fugitive

emissions are proposed. The ambient air quality monitoring systems are

recommended for monitoring the ground level concentrations and fugitive

emissions around the plant. Unit should install three monitoring stations

around its battery limit (at 1200 as per guideline) for monitoring PM, SO2

and NOx. The combined data will provide overall characteristic and

emission from the industry. Proposed monitoring schemes are mentioned

in Table 6.1.

6.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT MONITORING

The main source of the industrial wastewater generation at Choksi

Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) will be from process (858 KLD), washing (100

KLD), and utilities (Boiler & cooling - 110 KLD). Wastewater generated

will be segregated into two streams, i.e. process and washing effluent will

be treated in ETP followed by RO, and RO reject to the MEE. Effluent from

utility will be treated in ETP followed by RO. RO reject will be sent to

CETP-EICL, Umraya for final disposal and treatment. RO permeate and

condensate of MEE will be reused. Domestic wastewater generation will

be 25 KLD which will be sent to STP. The details of water usage and

wastewater generation are provided comprehensively in Chapter 2.

Proposed monitoring schemes are mentioned in Table 6.1.

6.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT MONITORING

Main source of noise generation at Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) is

vehicular transportation, boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater, process plant

among other machineries. Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess

the efficacy of maintenance schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels

and noise protection measures. A good quality digital sound pressure

level meter is essential for this purpose. Proposed monitoring schemes

are mentioned in Table 6.1.



Table: 6.1 Environment Monitoring Plan

Nature ofAnalysis

Frequency ofanalysis with its

analyzer

Parameters No. ofsamples

Method ofMonitoring

Wastewateranalysis

Monthly by externalagency

pH, TDS, SS,COD, BOD,

Oil & Grease,etc.

4-6 samples APHA-AWWA23nd edition

StackMonitoring ofeach stack


PM, SO2, NOX,NH3, HCl, Cl2

All stacks Stackmonitoring

kitAmbient AirQualityMonitoring

Monthly for 24 hoursor as per the statutoryconditions by externalagency


3-5 locations RDS, Fineparticulatesampler

Noise level Monthly as per thestatutory conditionsby external agency

Noise level 6-8 locations(Nr. Main gate,Nr. boiler, Nr.

D. G. Set,Process area

etc.)

Sound LevelMeter

Work zonefugitivemonitoring


RPM, VOCs,acid mist

2-3 locations Personalsampler,

VOC samplerHealthcheck-up ofworkers

As per the statutoryguideline

All workers

**Budgetary provision for environment & safety management system has been made in theproject planning with Rs. 4 crores as capital cost for additional EMS and Rs. 9.25 croresrecurring cost per annum.Rs 8 Lakhs per annum are allocated for Environment Monitoring and Management



Chapter-7Additional Studies

A. Hazard Analysis & Risk Assessment

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Industrial plants deal with materials, which are generally hazardous in

nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating

temperatures or pressures or a combination of these. Fire, explosion,

toxic release or combinations of these are the hazards associated with

industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive,

systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering, such as,

Hazard Analysis and Quantitative Risk Assessment have now been

developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of

industrial plants. The primary emphasis in safety engineering is to reduce

risk to human life, property and environment. Some of the more

important methods used to achieve this are:

Quantitative Risk Analysis: Provides a relative measure of the

likelihood and severity of various possible hazardous events by

critically examining the plant process and design.

Work Safety Analysis: The technique discerns whether the plant

layout and operating procedures in practice have any inherent

infirmities.

Safety Audit: Takes a careful look at plant operating conditions, work

practices and work environments to detect unsafe conditions.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT-Identification of Hazards

M/s. Choksi Colours Private Limited proposes to expand production

capacity of existing product with addition of new products at Survey No.

85/B, ECP Canal Road, AT & P Karakhadi, Tal-Padra, Dist: Vadodara,

Gujarat. A three ‘levels’ risk assessment approach has been adopted.

The risk assessment levels are generally consistent with the practices

encountered through various assignments for medium and large chemical

complexes. The brief outline of the three tier approach is given below:



Level 1 – Risk Screening

This is top-down review of worst-case potential hazards/risks, aimed

primarily at identifying plant sites or areas within plant, which pose the

highest risk. Various screening factors considered include:

Inventory of hazardous materials;

Hazardous Materials properties;

Storage conditions (e.g. temperature and pressure);

Location sensitivity (distance to residential areas/populace).

The data/information is obtained from plant. The results provide a

relative indication of the extent of hazards and potential for risk

exposure.

Level 2 – Major Risk Survey (Semi - Quantitative)

The survey approach combines the site inspection with established risk

assessment techniques applied both qualitative as well quantitative

mode. The primary objective is to identify and select major risks at a

specific location in the plant considering possible soft spots/weak links

during operation/maintenance. Aspects covered in the risk usually

include:

Process Hazards;

Process Safety Management Systems;

Fire Protection and Emergency response equipment and programs.

Security Vulnerability;

Impact of hazards consequences (equipment damage, business

interruption, injury, fatalities);

Qualitative risk identification of scenarios involving hazardous

materials;

Risk reduction measures.

Selection of critical scenarios and their potential of damage provide

means of prioritising mitigative measures and allocate the resources to

the areas with highest risks.

Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment (Deterministic)

This is the stage of assessment of risks associated with all credible

hazards (scenarios) with potential to cause an undesirable outcome such



as human injury, fatality or destruction of property. The four basic

elements include:

Hazards identification utilizing formal approach (Level 2, HAZOP etc.);

Frequency Analysis. Based on past safety data (incidents / accidents);

Identifying likely pathway of failures and quantifying the toxic /

inflammable material release;

Hazards analysis to quantify the consequences of various hazards

scenarios (fire, explosion, BLEVE, toxic vapour release etc.).Establish

minimum value for damage (e.g. IDLH, over pressure, radiation flux)

to assess the impact on environment.

Risk Quantification: Quantitative techniques are used considering

effect/impact due to weather data, population data, and frequency of

occurrences and likely hood of ignition/toxic release. Data are

analyzed considering likely damage (in terms of injury/fatality,

property damage) each scenarios is likely to cause.

QRA provides a means to determine the relative significance of a number

of undesired events, allowing analyst and the team to focus their risk

reduction efforts where they will be beneficial most. The QRA for this

plant is based on Level 1 and Level 2. Table 2.2 in Chapter 2 gives the

list of products (and their monthly production capacity) to be

manufactured. Table below gives the bulk storages of liquid and gaseous

raw materials and their consumption.

7.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE

The solid raw materials will be received in bags or drums and will be

stored in chemicals godowns. The products will be packed in bags or

drums and stored in product godowns as per market demand. The bulk

storages of liquid hazardous materials are given in the Table 7.1 below.

In addition unit will store fuels mainly Coal for boiler, thermic fluid

heater, and hot air generator and HSD (in limited quantity) for D.G. Set

(during power failure only). The solid material powder or granules spillage

can results in polluting small area only. The damage to personnel can be

through ingress- dermal (if individual come in contact), oral (if individual

food gets infected through fugitive dust) or inhalation (fugitive dust). The

main route is fugitive dust which in covered area will move to short



distance only. The risk is through liquid products which are volatile

material. The toxic vapours due to spillage of such material can travel to

some distance (as they are stored in covered godowns) and cause

damage.

Table 7.1: Bulk Storage of Hazardous Chemicals

Sr.

No.Name of Chemicals State

Storage

capacity (MT)

1 Chlorine Liquid/Gas 25 (Tonner)

2 Hydrochloric acid Liquid 20 x 2 (Tank)

3 Caustic Lye (45-48%) Liquid 20 (Tank)

4 Sulphuric Acid (98%) Liquid 25 x 2 (Tank)

5 Sulphuric Acid (30-35%) Liquid 25 x 2 (Tank)

6 Mono Chloro Benzene Liquid 10 (Tank)

7 O-Nitrotoluene Liquid 10 x 2 (Tank)

8 Xylene Liquid 10 (Tank)

7.4 RISK SCREENING APPROACH

Risk screening of Choksi Colours Private Limited was undertaken through

process study and study of data/information provided by the unit. Data of

major/bulk storages of raw materials, intermediates and other chemicals

were collected. MSDS of hazardous chemicals were studied vis a vis their

inventories and mode of storage. The chemicals stored in bulk and

defined under MSHIC Rule will be considered for detailed analysis. None

of the products are covered under MSIHC Rules. Raw materials under

hazardous category as specified by MSIHC Rules, 1989 (including

subsequent amendments) are as below,

Table: 7.2 Properties of Hazard –Raw materials (stored in Bulk)Sr.No.

Raw material Sr. No & Threshold Quantity(TQ in MT) as per MSHIC

Rules Chemicals Hazards PotentialSch-1,Part-II

Sch-2,Part-I

Sch-3,Part-I

1. Hydrochloric acidCAS No: 7647-01-0UN No: 1789

313 --- --- Not Flammable; Inhalation of fumesresults in coughing and chokingsensation, and irritation of nose andlungs. Liquid causes burns

2. Sodium hydroxideCAS No:1310-73-2UN No: 1823

571 --- --- Corrosive, toxic, non-combustible.INHALATION: Dust may causedamage to upper respiratory tractand lung itself, producing from mildnose irritation to pneumonitis.



INGESTION: Severe damage tomucous membranes; severe scarformation or perforation may occur.

3. ChlorineCAS No:7782-50-5UN No: 1017

119 5TQ-1:10MT

TQ-2: 25MT

108TQ-1:10MTTQ-2:25 MT

Poisonous; may be fatal if inhaled.Contact may cause burns to skin andeyes. Bronchitis or chronic lungconditions.

4. Sulphuric acidCAS No: 7664-93-9UN No: 1830

591 --- --- Very hazardous in case of skincontact (corrosive, irritant,permeator), of eye contact (irritant,corrosive), of ingestion, of inhalation.Liquid or spray mist may producetissue damage particularly onmucous membranes of eyes, mouthand respiratory tract. Skin contactmay produce burns. Inhalation of thespray mist may produce severeirritation of respiratory tract,characterized by coughing, choking,or shortness of breath. Severe over-exposure can result in death.Inflammation of the eye ischaracterized by redness, watering,and itching. Skin inflammation ischaracterized by itching, scaling,reddening, or, occasionally,blistering.

5. O - XyleneCAS No: 1330-20-7UN No: 1307

442 --- --- May cause toxic effects if inhaled orabsorbed through skin. Inhalation orcontact with material may irritate orburn skin and eyes. Fire will produceirritating, corrosive and/or toxicgases. Vapors may cause dizziness orsuffocation. Runoff from fire controlor dilution water may causepollution.

6. Mono chloro benzeneCAS No: 108-80-7UN No: 1134

128 --- --- Flammable, Irritating to skin, eyesand mucous membranes. Repeatedexposure of skin may causedermatitis due to defatting action.Chronic inhalation of vapors or mistmay result in damage to lungs, liver,and kidneys. Acute vapor exposurescan cause symptoms ranging fromcoughing to transient anesthesia andcentral nervous system depression.

7. Ortho nitro tolueneCAS No: 88-72-2UN No: 1664

440 --- --- INHALATION, INGESTION, OR SKIN:Headache, flushing of face, dizziness,dyspnea (difficult breathing),cyanosis, nausea, vomiting, muscularweakness, increased pulse andrespiratory rate, irritability, andconvulsions. SKIN: Irritation.



Table: 7.3 Hazards Analysis –Raw materials (stored in Bulk)Chemicals Physical

formBPoC

FPoC

LEL%

UEL%

TLVppm

LD50mg/Kg orLC50 mg/l

VapourDensity

SpecificGravity

Hydrochloricacid

Liquid 108.58 NA NA NA 5 LD50: 900LC50: 3124

1.267 1.1

Sodiumhydroxide

Solid 1388 NA NA NA 2 NA NA 2.13

Chlorine Liquid 100 NA NA NA NA NA 0.62 1Sulphuric acid Liquid 270 NA NA NA 3 LD50: 2140

LC50: 5103.4 1.84

O - Xylene Liquid 138.5 24 1 7 100 LD50: 4300LC50:--

3.7 0.864

Mono chlorobenzene

Liquid 132 29.44 1.3 7.1 10 LD50: 1110LC50:--

3.88 1.1058

Ortho nitrotoluene

Liquid 225 95 2.2 NA NA LD50: 891LC50:--

4.73 NA

NA= Not Available

Note:

TQ-I: Threshold quantity (for application of rules 4, 5,7 to 9 and 13 to 15)

TQ-II: Threshold quantity (for application of rules 10 to 12)

1. Oral Toxicity (OT) in LD50 (mg/kg)

2. Dermal Toxicity (DT) in LD50 (mg/kg)

3. Inhalation Toxicity in LC50 (mg/l) [4 hrs.]

Summary: As detailed in the above table, Chlorine is listed in Schedule 2

and 3 of MSIHC Rules. None of the raw materials are extremely toxic.

Sr.No.

Toxicity Oral toxicityLD50(mg/kg)

Dermaltoxicity

LD50(mg/kg)

Inhalationtoxicity

LC50(mg/l)1. Extremely toxic <5 <40 <0.52. Highly toxic >5-50 >40-200 <0.5-2.03. Toxic >50-200 >200-1000 >2-10

7.4.1 Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGLs)

AEGLs estimate the concentrations at which most people—including

sensitive individuals such as old, sick, or very young people—will begin to

experience health effects if they are exposed to a hazardous chemical for

a specific length of time (duration). For a given exposure duration, a

chemical may have up to three AEGL values, each of which corresponds

to a specific tier of health effects. AEGLs of the materials are as below.

10 min 30 min 60 min 4 hr 8 hr UnitHydrogen Chloride (7647-01-0)

AEGL 1 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 ppmAEGL 2 100 43 22 11 11 ppmAEGL 3 620 210 100 26 26 ppm



The 3 tiers are defined as follows:

AEGL-3 is “the airborne concentration of a substance above which it is

predicted that the general population, including susceptible individuals,

could experience life-threatening adverse health effects or death.”



could experience irreversible or other serious, long-lasting adverse

health effects or an impaired ability to escape.”



could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain asymptomatic

no sensory effects.”

7.4.2 Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPGs)

ERPGs estimate the concentrations at which most people will begin to

experience health effects if they are exposed to a hazardous airborne

chemical for 1 hour. (Sensitive members of the public—such as old, sick,

or very young people—aren't covered by these guidelines and they may

experience adverse effects at concentrations below the ERPG values).

ERPGs of the materials are as below.

Chlorine (7782-50-5)AEGL 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 ppmAEGL 2 2.8 2.8 2 1 0.71 ppmAEGL 3 50 28 20 10 7.1 ppm

Sulphuric acid (7664-93-9)AEGL 1 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 mg/m3

AEGL 2 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 mg/m3

AEGL 3 270 200 160 110 93 mg/m3

Xylene (1330-20-7)AEGL 1 130 130 130 130 130 ppmAEGL 2 2500* 1300* 920* 500 400 ppmAEGL 3 7200** 3600* 2500* 1300* 1000* ppm

Mono Chloro benzene (108-90-7)AEGL 1 10 10 10 10 10 ppmAEGL 2 430 300 150 150 150 ppmAEGL 3 1100 800 400 400 400 ppm

* indicates value is 10-49% of LEL. Safety consideration against explosionsmust be taken into account.** indicates value is 50-99% of LEL. Extreme safety consideration againstexplosions must be taken into account.



ERPG-1 ERPG-2 ERPG-3 UnitHydrogen Chloride 3* 20 150 ppmSodium Hydroxide 0.5 5.0 50 mg/m3

Chlorine 1 3 20 ppmSulphuric Acid 2 10 30 mg/m3

*indicates that odor should be detectable near ERPG-1

The 3 tiers are defined as follows:

ERPG-3 is "the maximum airborne concentration below which it is

believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour

without experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects."



without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health

effects or symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take

protective action."



without experiencing other than mild transient health effects or

perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odor."

7.5 QRA APPROACH

Identification of hazards and likely scenarios (based on Level-1 and

Level-2 activities) calls for detailed analysis of each scenario for potential

of damage, impact area (may vary with weather conditions/wind

direction) and safety system in place. Subsequently each incident is

classified according to relative risk classifications provided in Table 7.4.

Table 7.4: Risk Classification

Stage Description

High(> 10-2/yr.)

A failure which could reasonably be expected to occur within theexpected life time of the plant.Examples of high failure likelihood are process leaks or singleinstrument or valve failures or a human error which could result inreleases of hazardous materials.

Moderate(10-2 --10-4/yr.)

A failure or sequence of failures which has a low probability ofoccurrence within the expected lifetime of the plant.Examples of moderate likelihood are dual instrument or valvefailures, combination of instrument failures and human errors, orsingle failures of small process lines or fittings.

Low(<10-4)

A failure or series of failures which have a very low probability ofoccurrence within the expected lifetime of plant.Examples of ‘low’ likelihood are multiple instruments or valve



Stage Description

failures or multiple human errors, or single spontaneous failures oftanks or process vessels.

Minor Incidents Impact limited to the local area of the event with potent for ‘knock– on- events’

Serious Incident One that could cause: Any serious injury or fatality on/off site; Property damage of more than 50 Lakhs INR

Extensive Incident One that is five or more times worse than a serious incident.

Assigning a relative risk to each scenario provides a means of prioritising

associated risk mitigation measures and planned actions.

7.6 THERMAL HAZARDS

In order to understand the damages produced by various scenarios, it is

appropriate to understand the physiological/physical effects of thermal

radiation intensities. The thermal radiation due to tank fire usually results

in burn on the human body. Furthermore, inanimate objects like

equipment, piping, cables, etc. may also be affected and also need to be

evaluated for damages. Table 7.5, Table 7.6 and Table 7.7 (below),

respectively give tolerable intensities of various objects and desirable

escape time for thermal radiation.

Thermal hazards could be from fires or explosion. Fire releases energy

slowly while explosion release energy very rapidly (typically in micro

seconds). Explosion is rapid expansion of gases resulting in rapidly

moving shock wave. Explosion can be confined (within a vessel or

building) or unconfined (due to release of flammable gases).

BLEVE (boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion) occurs if a vessel

containing a liquid at a temperature above its atmospheric boiling point

ruptures. The subsequent BLEVE is the explosive vaporization of large

fraction of its vapour contents; possibly followed by combustion or

explosion of the vaporized cloud if it is combustible.

Thermal hazards have been considered for various scenarios including:

Fire in inflammable chemicals storage tanks.

Table 7.5: Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident RadiationkW/m2

Damage Type

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation1.6 No discomfort on long duration



4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering ofskin (first degree burn are likely).

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degreeburn after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition ofwood, melting of plastic tubing etc.

25 Minimum Energy required for piloted ignition ofwood, melting, plastic tubing etc.

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment.62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood.

Table 7.6: Thermal Radiation Impact to Human

ExposureDuration

Radiation Energy{1% lethality;

kW/m2}

Radiation Energyfor 2nd degreeburns; kW/m2

Radiation Energyfor 1st degreeburns; kW/m2

10 sec 21.2 16 12.530 9.3 7.0 4.0

Table 7.7: Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects

Sl.No.

ObjectsTolerable Intensities

(kw/m2)1 Drenched Tank 382 Special Buildings

(No window, fire proof doors)25

3 Normal Buildings 144 Vegetation 10-125 Escape Route 6 (up to 30 secs.)6 Personnel in Emergencies 3 (up to 30 secs.)7 Plastic Cables 28 Stationary Personnel 1.5

7.7 DAMAGE DUE TO EXPLOSION

The explosion of a dust or gas (either as a deflagration or detonation)

results in a reaction front moving outwards from the ignition source

preceded by a shock wave or pressure front. After the combustible

material is consumed the reaction front terminates but the pressure wave

continues its outward movement. Blast damage is based on the

determination of the peak overpressure resulting from the pressure wave

impacting on the object or structure. Damage estimates based on

overpressure are given in Table 7.8 below:



Table 7.8: Damage due to Overpressure

Sr.No.

Overpressure(psig/bar)

Damage

1. 0.04 Loud Noise/sonic boom glass failure2. 0.15 Typical pressure for glass failure3. 0.5 - 1 Large and small windows usually shattered4. 0.7 Minor damage to house structure5. 1 Partial demolition of houses, made uninhabitable6. 2.3 Lower limit of serious structure damage7. 5 - 7 Nearly complete destruction of houses8. 9 Loaded train box wagons completely demolished9. 10 Probable total destruction of houses10. 200 Limits of crater lip

In Choksi Colours case explosion probability is remote.

7.8 TOXIC RELEASE

For toxic release the damage criteria considered is IDLH concentration (if

data are available). The Immediately dangerous to life or health air

concentration values (IDLH values) developed by the National Institute

for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) characterize these high-risk

exposure concentrations and conditions and are used as a component of

respirator selection criteria. IDLH values are established (1) to ensure

that the worker can escape from a given contaminated environment in

the event of failure of the respiratory protection equipment and (2) to

indicate a maximum level above which only a highly reliable breathing

apparatus, providing maximum worker protection, is permitted. IDLH of

all the materials stored in bulk are as below.

IDLH Value UnitHydrogen chloride 50 ppmSodium Hydroxide 10 mg/m3

Chlorine 10 ppmSulfuric Acid 15 mg/m3

O-Xylene 900 ppmOrtho Nitro Toluene 200 ppm

7.9 ACID/ALKALI HAZARDS

Various hazards that can occur due to the acid and alkali incidents are

Skin irritation and corrosive effects after spillage

Spill pool evaporation of sulphuric/ hydrochloric acid or Caustic lye

storage tanks catastrophic failure are limited only



Catastrophic failure giving rise to spill pool evaporation dispersion

up to LC50, IDLH and TLV level

The more hazardous scenario likely is if spilled acid comes in contact with

metal and hydrogen is generated resulting in fire / explosion hazards.

Based on the outcome of the risk assessment, following recommendation

has been made to avoid any risk associated with the storage and use of

acids in the plant:

Double drain valve will be provided to sulphuric acid storage tank.

Full body protection will be provided to operator.

Caution note and emergency first aid will be displayed

All employees will be trained for use of emergency first aid.

Safety shower and eye wash will be provided in storage tank area

and plant area.

Total close process will be adopted for Sulphuric acid handling.

Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank

Tanker unloading procedure will be prepared.

SOP will be prepared for Hydrochloric acid handling.

Training programme will be conducted for safe handling and

emergency handling of Acids.

In Storage Tank Area, reaction with water generating fumes should

be displayed and avoided.

Suitable extinguishing media-Extinguish with dry powder / sand.

DO NOT USE WATER.

7.10 LIKELY FAILURE SCENARIOS

Few likely failure scenarios have been selected after critical appraisal of

raw materials and storage inventories. Failure scenarios selected are as

given in Table 7.9 below:

Table 7.9: Different Failure Scenarios

Raw material RemarkChlorine ToxicHydrochloric Acid (35%) ToxicO-Xylene Toxic /Flammable



B. QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT & CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

7.11 PREAMBLE

In the previous section we have carried out the hazards analysis of

Choksi Colours existing complex considering various aspects including

bulk storages of hazardous chemicals, plant process system, plant

incidents/accidents records, critical appraisal and discussion at site for

soft spots in the plant etc. Based on the hazards analysis few critical

scenarios have been selected for QRA and consequence analysis. QRA

quantifies vulnerable zones for a conceived incident with various levels of

severity.

In consequence calculation, use is made of a number of calculation

models to estimate the physical effects of an accident (spill of hazardous

material) and to predict the damage (lethality, injury, material

destruction and other property damage). The risk assessment modelling

can be roughly divided into three groups:

Determination of source strength parameters;

Determination of consequential effects;

Determination of damage or damage distances (with specific severity

rates)

7.11.1 Weather Effect

The effect of ambient conditions on the impact of fire/heat radiation and

GLC of hazardous/toxic material can be beneficial as well as harmful. A

high wind (turbulence) can dilute the toxic material while stable

environment can extend the reach of IDLH or IT (inhalation LC50 rats for

products) concentration to long distance. Any inflammable gas/vapour

release in turbulent weather will soon dilute the hazardous gases below

LEL and thus prevent the disaster.

7.12 INCIDENTS IMPACTS

The identified failure scenarios (Table 7.9) have been analyzed (Using

ALOHA and EFFECT Modules) for the impact zones considering damage

due to thermal and toxic impacts. Each incident will have Impact on the

surrounding environment which in extreme case may cross plant

boundary. The impact zones for various scenarios are given in Table

7.10 and shown in Figure 7.1 to 7.3.



Figure 7.1 Chlorine Tonner Leak Toxic Impact

Figure 7.2 Hydrochloric Acid (35%) Evaporating Puddle Toxic Impact

Figure 7.3 Xylene Tank BLEVE Impact



Table 7.10: Hazards Scenario Impact

Rawmaterial

Scenario Hazard ImpactZone (m)

Remark

Chlorine Tonner heavyleak

AEGL-3 (60min): 20 ppm

IDLH: 10 ppm

1200 m Figure-7.1

HydrochloricAcid (35%)

EvaporatingPuddle

AEGL-3 (60min): 100 ppm

IDLH: 50 ppm

93 m Figure-7.2

O-Xylene Boiling LiquidExpanding VaporExplosion (BLEVE)

potentiallylethal within 60sec

250meters

Figure-7.3

7.13 CONSEQUENTIAL IMPACTS

The consequential impacts from each incident scenarios can be though

thermal and toxic route. The damage can be on plant personnel (and

neighboring residents in case incident crosses boundary), property and

also loss in production. The impact zones for some of the hazards are

shown in Figure 7.1 to 7.3.

7.13.1 Thermal and Explosion Hazards

Incidents involving thermal hazards are mainly due to raw material fire

(in tank farms). The impact (1st degree burn) is limited to plant

boundary. However the consequences can go to worse if the incidents

lead to domino effect to other tanks.

7.13.2 Toxic Hazards

Toxic hazards are mainly due to chemicals leakage/spillage and their

impact is limited to plant boundary in most cases, except chlorine

leakage. However the consequences may go outside the plant boundary if

the incidents lead to domino effect, which is highly unforeseeable.

7.13.3 Other Hazards

The other hazards in the plant include (but not limited to):

Other toxic hazards due to acids/other toxic spillages (mainly limited

to spillage area only).

Mechanical hazards due to machines/equipment.

Hazards due to individual soft spots like walking casually and noticing

a pit and falling or colliding/stumbling or slipping (not noticing a wet

place etc.).



7.13.4 Other Toxic Hazards

Acid spillage-its impact will be limited to spillage area. The spillage if

comes in contact with metal parts will produce hydrogen which is highly

flammable gas. Any person moving in area and getting splash will get the

injury. In addition the spillage will cause pollution problem. The spillage is

to be collected and neutralized for toxic contents before disposal.

7.14 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

In any eventuality, injured personnel will be immediately rushed to

hospital after giving first aid. All employees will be having regular medical

checkup as per norms. One dedicated on-site vehicle and local ambulance

service will be always (round the clock) accessible for meeting any

eventuality.

Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage of chemicals

There is wide range of chemicals present in the Chemical plants. The safe

cleanup of a chemical spill requires some knowledge of the properties and

hazards posed by the chemical & any added dangers posed by the

location of the spill. Employees must notify their immediate supervisor of

injury by spillage of chemicals or exposure to hazardous materials. All

injuries must be reported. Supervisor is responsible for reporting any

injuries or occupational illnesses to the management.

Following steps will be immediate taken by the Supervisor.

Identify spillage/leakages of hazardous chemicals

Chemical Exposure to Skin:

Immediately flush with cool water for at least 15 minutes. If there are no

visible burns, remove the cloth from burning part of body. Seek medical

attention if exposure/spillages occur major possible problems.

Chemical Exposure to Skin – Serious:

Remove all contaminated clothing. Locate the nearest emergency shower

and soak for at least 15 minutes. Have someone contact the Hospital for

immediate medical attention.

Chemicals in Eyes:

Irrigate eyes for at least 15 minutes with tempered water from

emergency eyewash station. Remove contact lenses if there is. Notify the

management and immediate medical attention.



Acid Fumes:

Anyone overcome by fumes should be removed to fresh air. Never

attempt to enter a location where potentially dangerous fumes might

place you at risk. If someone is down, contact emergency personnel and

let them enter. Self-breathing apparatus is required for persons entering

the affected area. Seek medical attention for exposure as soon as

possible.

Chemical Spills:

The safe clean-up of an acid spill requires some knowledge of the

properties and hazards posed by the acid and any added dangers posed

by the location of the spill. If you believe a spill is beyond your capacity

to clean up, do not attempt to do so by your own, immediately contact to

nearest fire/emergency station. Spill kits with instructions, absorbents,

neutralizing agents if applicable, protective equipment, and sealable

waste buckets should be present in plant area.

Following Steps to be taken for ensuring health and safety of

workers engaged in handling of Hazardous materials

Identify chemicals to be used, amounts required, condition followed as

per the MSDS guideline.

Evaluate the hazards posed by the chemicals and the process

conditions. The evaluation should cover toxic, physical, reactive,

flammable, explosive as well as any other potential hazards posed by

the respective chemicals.

Select appropriate controls to minimize risk, including use of

engineering controls, administrative controls, and personal protective

equipment (PPE) to protect workers from hazards. The controls must

ensure that OSHA’s Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) are not

exceeded.

Avoid Underestimation of Risk of handling and its reaction.

Before working with chemicals, know the facility’s policies and

procedures for how to handle an accidental spill or fire. Emergency

telephone numbers should be posted in a prominent area. Know the

location of all safety equipment and the nearest fire alarm and

telephone.



Provide popper Ventilation in the plant/process area.

Corrosive chemicals that require vented storage should be stored in

vented cabinets instead of in a chemical hood.

Local exhaust ventilation devices should be appropriate to the

operations in the plant.

Chemicals should be separated and stored according to hazard

category and compatibility.

7.15 CONCLUSION & RECOMMENDATIONS

The hazard analysis and risk assessment of few possible selected incident

scenarios indicates that most incidents will be limited to plant battery

limits, and have impact on adjoining area in very unlikely scenarios only.

There are possibilities of domino effect and the secondary scenario not

predictable can be worse than the primary one. Only scenarios which may

cross the Choksi Colours plant boundaries shall be pool fire or BLEVE of

the solvent tanks, and chlorine leakage, which have very minor chance of

occurrence. The direction of impact will be in down wind direction (wind

direction and speed varies with season). Some of the recommendations

for Tank farm storage system are as given below:

Provision of flame detectors/ thermal sensors at strategic locations in

the tank farm area.

Auto water deluge system on each bulk storage tank for inflammable

liquids. The system should automatically start taking signal from flame

detectors or thermal relay.

Fixed foam system with adequate capacity.

Regular ‘Hazard Survey’ ensures the detection of leakage in the plant.

In house ‘capability building’ to attend hazardous scenarios is to be

taken up through mock drills.

Train staff in attending such scenarios.

Human Factors: Human factors role in safety cannot be ignored. Odd

hours working and over/long hours work can drain out individual. It

shows in lack of efficiency and also the lack of apt attention the modern

chemical complex demand. They are to be closely looked into and

avoided, as



a. If no accident has happened so far probability of incident/accident

occurring increases.

b. ‘No accident’ / good safety record develops complacency inertia/over

confidence in the team. This attitude gives rise to gaps/soft spots in

the system giving chances to incidents/accidents.

c. Safety requires novelty. Routine training practices get stale with no

positive results. Look for novel scheme of training/ safety practices to

build up fresh impetus in safety.



C. MATERIAL HANDLING AND SAFETY MEASURES

7.16 ACTION PLAN FOR HANDLING & SAFETY SYSTEM OF CHEMICAL

Flammable chemicals will be stored in open area outside the process

plant with all the safety measures. Hazardous chemicals will be stored

and handle in dispensing room for taking out sample from the container

for quality check-up purpose or for the partial use. This activity for

Hazardous material handling will be carried out by using all PPEs with

proper ventilation & under supervision.

7.16.1 Safety Measures for Transportation and Unloading of Hazardous

Chemicals

Solvent unloading standard procedure will in place and will be

implemented for safe unloading of road tanker.

Static earthing provision will be made for tanker unloading.

Drum handling trolleys will be used for transportation of drums up to

plant and internal handling from storage to process area.

Display Boards will be provided on all storage tanks which include the

name of the chemicals and its major hazardous characteristics.

Fire extinguishers will be provided as required.

First aids boxes will also be provided at different places wherever

required.

Water showering system will be provided to the flammable chemicals

storage area.

Area will be declared as “NO SMOKE ZONE”.

7.16.2 Safety Measures for Storage/Handling of Hazardous Chemicals

All Hazardous and flammable chemicals will store separately and away

from the strong oxidant & kept it in well ventilated room. Adequate

firefighting system will be installed. Safety shower and eye washer will be

installed near storage area. Flame proof light fitting will be provided at

storage area. Sprinkler system will be installed near storage area. Safety

permit system will be followed for loading and unloading. Isolate storage

will be provided with wire fencing under lock and key. Caution note,

hazardous identification board will be provided. Only authorized person

will be permitted in storage area and register will be maintained. “NO



SMOKING” board will be displayed and Wind Indicator and siren will be

provided.

7.16.3 Safety Measures for Process Units

Safety measures are the most important aspect of selection of process

technology to ensure safety in production unit. For the safety in

production area some important critical safety measures will be provided

within the process technology/equipment itself & will put continue efforts

for developing new technology/equipment. Company will ensure such

provision in the technology/equipment/machineries at time of purchase.

The details of the critical safety measures for process unit are as below;

any reaction upsets will be confined to the reaction vessel itself as

defined quantity of raw materials will be issued to the reaction vessel by

metering pumps/load cells. Process parameters control will be provided

as per SOP- Standard Operating Procedures. Materials will be transferred

by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum from drums. All reaction vents

will be connected to vapor condensers system. Hazardous materials will

be transferred by pipelines and in controlled manners. Trained person will

be engaged for handling of hazardous materials. Proper safety

precautions will be taken during handling of hazardous materials. All

solvents and flammable material with required quantity will be charge in

reactor by pump or by gravity. All the vessels will be examined

periodically by a recognized competent person. All the vessels and

equipments will be well earthed appropriately and well protected against

Static Electricity. Temperature indicators will be provided near all reactor

and distillation systems. Flame proof light fittings will be installed in the

plant. All the Plant Personnel will be provided with Personal Protection

Equipments to protect against any adverse health effect during

operations, leakage, spillages or splash. PPE like Helmets, Safety Shoes

and Safety Glasses will be provided to the employees.

7.16.4 Safety Measures for Preventive Maintenance

The safety measures in the form of the general Do's & Don'ts for safety in

process & other plant area are as below:

Do not work on equipments without permission from plant head and

maintenance head.



Make sure equipment is empty and flushed with nitrogen and air.

Check VOC content for flammable and make sure that no flammable

vapour contents.

Keep proper and adequate fire extinguisher near work area.

Use proper PPE.

Do not allow any employment without pre-medical check-up or without

checking fitness.

Work in any equipment must be conducted in presence of supervisor.

Additional safety measures in form of the checklist covering Do's &

Don'ts of preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE,

manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures will be updated

timely and will be made available to all concern department &

personnel.

7.16.5 Safety measures to prevent spillage/leakage of toxic chemicals

The preventive maintenance will be planned and carried out as per plan

to avoid the failure of valve, pipelines and other component of

transferring line. The spillage will be confined to the dyke area

underneath the vessel. The resultant splash of such chemicals will result

in exposure of toxic chemicals to employees. Decontamination facilities

(Safety shower and eye wash fountains) will be provided in the plant

area, which can be used to decontaminate the affected employees.

Suitable decontamination procedure will be used to decontaminate the

spilled or leaked material. The SOP for decontamination will be available

with all related department.

7.17 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH AND SAFETY OF

WORKERS ENGAGED IN HANDLING OF TOXIC MATERIALS

The significance of Safety & Health in plant has been a vital issue in

achieving productivity and quality standard. Following are basic

fundamental principles properly underlie all the workers working in the

plant. Consideration of each should be encouraged before beginning work

as part of the culture of safety within the plant.

Plan ahead. Determine the potential hazards associated with

production.



Minimize exposure to chemicals. Do not allow toxic chemicals to

come in contact with skin. Provide proper ventilation devices to

prevent/minimize airborne.

Do not underestimate hazards or risks. Assume that any mixture

of chemicals will be more toxic than its most toxic component. Treat

all the chemicals as toxic substances.

Be prepared for accidents. Before beginning of any batch reaction,

know what specific steps to take which cause to accident if any

hazardous substance release accidently. Proper follow SOP- Standard

Operating procedure to take batch reaction.

Unit will assess is careful examination of what, at work, could cause harm

to workers, accidents and ill health. All risks in the workplace must be

identified and assessed for control measures to be put in place.

Follow the five steps of hazard identification will be taken by unit namely;

Identify the hazards

Decide who might be harmed and how

Evaluate the risks and decide on precaution

Record your findings and implement them

Review your assessment and update if necessary

Following Information workers should know regarding hazardous

chemicals

Unit shall ensure that the employee is adequately trained with regard to:

The contents of the hazardous chemical substances

Potential source exposure to chemicals

Measures taken by the employer to protect employees against any risk

from exposure

Precautions to be taken by an employee to protect himself against the

health risks associated exposure

Correct use, maintenance of safety equipment, facilities and

engineering controls

Importance of good housekeeping at the workplace & personal hygiene

Safe working procedures

Procedures to be followed in the event of spillages or leakages.



D. EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

Emergency Management Plan (EMP) for Choksi Colours is proposed here

to meet the extremely adverse situations caused by the various

hazardous accident scenarios. Mock drills are to be carried out in

association with district authorities. Any weak points observed during the

mock drills are to be strengthened.

7.18 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP)

Disaster/Emergency Management Plan is essential for a chemical plant as

the processes adopted for manufacturing are classified under Factory Act

as Hazardous due to handling and storage of toxic, flammable and

explosive hazardous materials. Primarily, DMP is prepared to furnish

details which may require at the time of the emergency, to delegate

responsibility, to estimate the consequences in advance and to prepare

ourselves to control any type of emergency. The plan explains basic

requirements as follows:

Definition,

Objectives,

Organization set up,

Communication System,

Action on site,

Link with Off-site Emergency Plan,

Training rehearsal and record aspect.

7.18.1 Definitions

Various definitions on different analogy used on On-site & Off-site

Emergency Plan are as follows:

Accident: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned

event with or without or major damage consequence of life and /or

property.

Major Accident: It is a sudden, unexpected, unplanned event resulting

from uncontrolled developments during an industrial activity, which

causes or has the potential to cause, death or hospitalization to a number

of people, damage to environment, evacuation of local population or any

combination of above effects.



Emergency: This can be defined as any situation, which presents a

threat to safety of person's or/and property. It may require outside help

also.

Major Emergency: Occurring at a work is one that may affect several

departments within and/or may cause serious injuries, loss of life,

extensive damage to properly or serious disruption outside the works. It

will require the use of outside resources to handle it effectively.

Disaster: Disaster is a sudden calamitous event, bringing great damage,

loss or destruction.

Hazards: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident”.

Hazard exists in man and the system of materials and machines.

Chemical Hazards: It is a hazard due to chemical(s) (including its

storage, process, handling, etc.) and it is realized by fire, explosion,

toxicity, corrosively, radiation, etc.

Risk: Risk may be defined as the combination of consequence and

probability or likelihood of an accident being caused in a given man-

material – machine system.

On-Site Emergency plan: It deals with measures to prevent and control

emergencies within the factory and not affecting outside public or

environment.

Off-Site Emergency plan: It deals with measures to prevent and

control emergencies affecting public and the environment outside the

premises.

7.18.2 Objective of the Disaster Management Plan

The DMP document is prepared keeping in view and to confirm the

requirements of the provisions of The Factories Act, 1948, Guidelines

issued by the MoEFCC and MSIHC, 1989 amended in 2000, Schedule 11

under Environmental Protection Act, 1986.

Following are the main objectives of the plan to:

Defined and assess emergencies, including hazards and risk

Control and contain incidents.

Safeguard employees and people in vicinity.

Minimize damage to property and/or the environment.

Minimization of risk and impact of event accident.



Preparation of action plan to handle disasters and to contain damage.

Inform employees, the general public and the authority about the

hazards/risk assessed and to provide safeguard, and the role to be

played by them in the event of emergency.

Be ready for 'mutual aid' if need arises to help neighboring unit.

Inform authorities and mutual aid centres to come for help.

Effect rescue and treatment of casualties.

Effective rehabilitation of the affected persons and prevention of

damage to the property.

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore

normalcy.

Provide authoritative information to the news media.

7.19 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.19.1 Incident Controller

Incident Controller’s role is to control the emergency at the incident site.

7.19.1.1 Duties of Incident Controller

Incident Controller will proceed to the place of emergency after hearing

siren/announcement. He will:

Assess the scale of emergency and decide if a major emergency exists

or is likely, accordingly activate emergency procedure.

Immediately give his feedback to Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

regarding emergency.

Direct all operations within the area with following priorities.

o Secure the safety of personnel

o Minimize damage to plant property and environment.

o Minimize loss of material.

Direct rescue and firefighting operations till the arrival of the outside

Fire Brigade, he will relinquish control to Sr. Officer of Fire Brigade.

Ensure that the affected area is searched for causalities.

Ensure that all non-essential workers in the affected area evacuate to

the appropriate assembly point.

Set up communication point to establish Radio/Telephone/Messenger

contact as with emergency control centre.



Pending arrival of works site controller, assume the duties of the post

in particular to:

o Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to

be threatened by emergency.

o Ensure that the outside emergency services have been called in.

Ensure that the key personnel have been called in.

Report all significant development to the Site Main Controller.

Provide advice and information, as required to the Senior Officer of the

Fire Brigade.

Preserve evidence that would facilitate any subsequent inquiry into the

cause and circumstances of emergency.

Dy. Incident Controller will carry out above said duties in absence of

Incident Controller.

7.19.2 Site Main Controller

Site Main Controller will be overall in-charge of emergency organization

7.19.2.1 Duties of Site Main Controller:

Relieve the Incident Controller of responsibility of overall main control.

Co-ordinate ECC or if required, security for raising evacuation siren

and also all clear siren, in case emergency is over.

Declaration of major emergency ensures that outside emergency

services will be called and when required nearby firms will be

informed.

Ensure that key personnel will be called in.

Exercise direct operational control on parts of the works outside the

affected area.

Maintain a speculative continuous review of possible development and

assess these to determine most possible cause of events.

Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plants in consultation with

key personnel.

Ensure causalities are receiving adequate attention; arrange for

additional help if required. Ensure relatives are advised.

Ensure the accounting of personnel.

Control traffic movement within the work.

Arrange for a chronological record of the emergency to be maintained.



During prolonged emergency, arrange for the relief of the personnel

and provision of catering facilities.

Contact the local office to receive early notification of impending

changes in weather conditions, in case of prolonged emergency.

Issue authorized statements to the news media and informs H.O.

Ensure that proper consideration is given to the preservation of

evidence.

Control rehabilitation of affected areas after control of the emergency.

7.19.3 Other Key Personnel

The key personnel required for taking decision about further action for

shutting down the plant, evacuate the personnel, and carry out

emergency engineering works in consultation with Site Main Controller in

light of the information received. HOD’s /Senior Managers/ Section Heads

will be responsible for safety, security, fire, gas and pollution control,

spillage control, communication system including telephone, wireless etc.

Also medical services, transport, engineering, production, technical

services, will form part of advising team.

7.19.3.1 Emergency Response Team

The role of Emergency Response Team members is to actually combat

the emergency at the site and control the emergency situation and carry

out rescue operations. All team members will be thoroughly trained to

deal with fires, explosions, chemical spills and atmospheric releases, first

aid. As per priority list during emergency, the activities will be carried

out as per emergency control plan.

7.19.3.2 Emergency Personnel’s Responsibilities Outside Normal

Working Hours of the Factory.

The duties of Shift In-charge & team members have been brought out

in emergency control plan. All team members after evacuating the area

shall report to ECC/ Incident Place. The non-essential workers shall be

evacuated from the plants if need arises and this will be determined with

the forcible rate with which incident may escalate. Non-essential workers

shall assemble at the earmarked/specified point of assembly.



7.19.3.3 Assembly Points

At the proposed plan, at least 2 assembly points will be identified and

marked properly.

7.19.4 Emergency Control Centre

It will be headed by Site Main Controller, HOD – PD, HOD- P&A and it is

sited in Office of Site Main Controller in Admin Building & security

office (after office hours), which is readily accessible & with minimum

risk, equipped with telephone facilities and other announcements extra

communications facilities needed. It has enough means to receive and

transmit information and directions from site main controller to incident

controller and other areas. In emergency control centre due to its safer

location and advantage of easier accessibility, all necessary personnel

protective equipment’s fire-fighting extinguishers will be stocked in

sufficient quantity.

7.19.4.1 Role of Emergency Control Centre

In case of mishap or accident like fire, toxic gas leakage, explosion in the

factory, The Emergency Control Centre will be Office of Head- Operations.

The plot plan indicating all the activities in the factory premises

including that of storage’s utility services, production area,

administration, will be kept for ready reference, showing the location

of fire hydrant and fire-fighting aids.

Normal roll of employees, work permits, gate entries and documents

for head count, employees blood group, other information and

addresses will be available and the person, who will handle this

operation will HOD P & A.

Stationery required is available in the Control Centre (ECC) and HOD

(P & A) looks after it.

The requirement of personnel protective equipment and other

material, like torches, have been worked out and the quantity required

during emergency will be kept in the Control Room (ECC). The

responsible person for maintaining the said requirement/inventory will

be HOD-HSE.



7.19.5 Fire & Toxicity Control Arrangements

The plant will be well equipped with suitable numbers of fire-fighting and

personnel protective equipment. The staff will be trained regularly to

handle the various emergency situations.

7.19.6 Medical Arrangements

Availability of first aid facilities in sufficient quantity will be always

ensured. In case of emergency arrangements will be made to avail

outside medical help immediately. Emergency transport facility will be

available.

7.19.7 Transport & Evacuation, Mutual Aid Arrangements

Transport & Evacuation and Mutual Aid arrangements will be available in

the factory.

7.20 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

7.20.1 Declaring the Emergency

In case of any emergency in the plant, speedy and effective

communication of the same to all concerned in least possible time is the

most important aspect of any emergency-handling plan. An early

communication increases the chances of control of emergency in the bud

stage. Blowing siren will be adopted as method of communication of

emergency, to all employees in the plant.

7.20.1.1 Type of Sirens

Three different types of sirens have been identified for communication of

emergency.

Alert Siren: Single Continuous Siren for One Minute. This indicates

that there is some accidental happening in the plant. All have to become

alert. Incident controller will be rush to the site of emergency. Plant area

people have to start safe shut down. Rescue team and other emergency

control teams have to reach at the site of emergency.

Siren for evacuation: wailing & waning siren for three minutes.

This siren indicates that emergency is of serious proportion and

everybody has to leave his work place. All people having their role in

emergency control have to assume their assigned role. All non-essential

workers have to proceed immediately to assembly area and wait for

further instruction.



All clear siren: Long continuous siren for two minutes. This is a sign

of return of normalcy. On hearing this siren everybody should go back to

his or her respective workplace.

7.20.1.2 Location of Siren

Siren will be located in centre of the pant for wide coverage of the whole

campus. Switch for siren will be provided at security gate. The switch at

Security gate should be operated only as a general rule.

Emergency manual call bell will be installed which will be used in case of

total failure of electricity. It is responsibility of HOD (HSE) to maintain the

upkeep of electric call bell and HOD- Security and administration to

maintain manual and Hand operated siren.

7.20.1.3 Raising Alarm

Any person noticing any emergency situation in the plant should

immediately call security gate with following information:

Identify oneself

State briefly the type of emergency i.e. whether fire, explosion, toxic

gas release etc.

Give the location of the incident

Estimated severity of the incident

Security personnel after ensuring genuineness of the call shall raise the

ALERT SIREN. At the same time he will also contact the incident

controller and ECC in order and inform about the incident. He will keep

the gate open and rush his two security personnel at the site of

emergency with appropriate PPEs. ECC will be located at the office of

Head-Operations on normal working hours and at Security gate after

normal working hours (during night). ECC shall be immediately manned

on hearing alert siren. If the authorized people to handle ECC are not

available, any senior most people out of the available person nearby shall

occupy ECC till authorized person comes. Incident controller, on hearing

alert siren or by any other way of information of the emergency, will

immediately reach at the site of incident and assess the situation. He will

immediately give his feed back to ECC. ECC shall direct security gate to

raise evacuation siren, if the need arise. SIREN FOR EVACUATION shall

be raised on instruction from Site Main Controller or any Manager of the



plant in the ECC. Security gate person will be authorized to raise ALL

CLEAR SIREN on instruction from Site Main Controller or ECC, after the

emergency is over. Incident controller shall assume the responsibility of

site main controller in his absence.

7.20.2 Internal Communication

It shall be responsibility of ECC to communicate to all employees in the

plant. They may take help of telephone operator for such communication.

However, telephone operator can directly communicate information about

emergency to all internal departments, if such message comes from

incident controller or site main controller. Telephone operator will

continue to operate the switchboard advising the callers that staffs are

not available and pass all calls connected with the incident to ECC.

7.20.2.1 Availability of Key Personnel outside Normal Working Hours

The details of key personnel availability after working hours will be made

available at Security Gate, ECC, telephone operator as well as production

units. Security personnel shall call required key personnel from their

residence in case emergency occurs outside normal working hours.

Availability of emergency vehicle/Ambulance will be ensured to fetch the

key personnel residing outside. It will be the responsibility of HOD (P & A)

to maintain it.

To the Outside Emergency Services

Decision to call outside help to deal with emergency like fire brigade,

ambulance, police, etc., shall be taken by Site Main Controller. However,

in absence of Site Main Controller, if the incident controller realizes the

situation going out of control, he may ask for immediate help from

outside. ECC will be responsible for calling help from outside. A list of

emergency services available in the area with their telephone numbers

will be provided at ECC, at Security gate and with telephone operator.

Facilities such as phones, emergency vehicle, and security personnel will

be available to help calling outside emergency services and authorities.

7.20.3 Communication to the Authorities

The emergency will be immediately communicated to the government

officers and other authorities such as SPCB, police, district emergency



authority, Factory Inspectorate, hospital etc. by Emergency Control

Centre.

Communication to Neighboring Firms & the General Public

In case of emergency having its outside impact, public will be cautioned

regarding the same. Co-ordination of police will be sought for speedy

action. This is to be ensured by ECC.

7.21 Pre-emergency activities

Internal Safety survey with regard to identification of hazards, availability

of protective equipment’s, checking for proper installation of safety

devices will be carried out periodically.

Periodic pressure testing of equipment

Periodic pressure testing of lines

Periodic safety/relief valve testing

Periodic fire hydrant system testing

Mock drill to check up level of confidence, extent of preparedness of

personnel to face emergency is being contemplated

Regular training is being imparted to all personnel to create awareness

Adequate safety equipment will be made available

Periodic check-up of emergency lights

Safer assembly points will be identified

Storage of adequate first aid treatment facilities

7.22 POST-EMERGENCY ACTIVITIES

Following post emergency actions will be carried out to study in detail and

preventive measures to be taken

Collection of records

Inquiries

Insurance claims

Preparation of reports comprising suggestion and modification

Rehabilitation of affected personnel

Normalization of plant

7.22.1 Evacuation and Transportation

In case of emergency, evacuation and transportation of non-essential

workers will be carried out immediately. The affected personnel will be

transported for medical aid.



7.22.2 Safe Close Down

During emergency plant shut down will be carried out if situation

warrants. This will be as per the instruction of site main controller under

guidance of incident controller.

7.22.3 Use of Mutual Aid

Mutual aid agreement with nearby industries will be ensures to provide

help to each other in the emergency,

7.22.4 Use of External Authorities

As and when necessary, statutory authorities, police, pollution control

personnel, medical aid/center, ambulance etc. will be contacted.

7.22.5 Medical Treatment

The affected personnel will be brought to safer place immediately to give

them first aid. Immediate medical attention will be sought.

7.22.6 Accounting for Personnel

Proper accounting for personnel will be laid down in all the shifts. The

number of persons present inside the plant premises, their duty etc. will

be available with the P & A. This record will be regularly updated and will

be made available.

7.22.7 Access to Records

The relatives of affected personnel will be informed. The details regarding

all employees will be made available to Administration building.

7.22.8 Public Relations

In case of emergency, Manager P & A will be available for official release

of information pertaining to the incident.

7.22.9 Rehabilitation

The affected area will be cleared from emergency activities only after

positive ascertaining of the system in all respects. The entry to affected

area will have to be restricted until statutory authorities visit and inspect

the spot of incident. Nothing should be disturbed from the area till their

clearance. The site main controller will be in charge of the activities to be

undertaken. The plan will cover emergencies, which can be brought under

control by the works with the help of emergency team/fire services. The

DISASTER CONTROL PLAN for gas leak and fire will be prepared for entire

factory.



7.23 CAUSES OF EMERGENCY

7.23.1 Risk

7.23.1.1 Nature

In the plant, the nature of dangerous events could be of the following:

Fire : Chemical/Electrical

Toxic Release : From chemicals

Leakages : Equipment, pipe lines, valves, etc.

Release of vapours like chlorine / bromine gas or hexane can result in

highly toxic environment or in fire or explosion.

Improper handling of products (raw materials/finished products)

Large spillage to ground floors resulting in pollution & fire.

Failures of Equipment / Instruments.

Release of safety valves or ruptures of vessels due to excessive

pressures.

7.23.1.2 Various Emergency Actions

a) Onsite

Safe shut down of the plant and utilities

Emergency control measures.

To attempt with the help of trained crew in firefighting to contain the

fire spread up/gas emission and limit within limited space.

To cut off source of oxygen by use of firefighting appliances/to cut off

source of gas emission.

Cut off fall sources of ignition like electrical gadgets.

To protect fire prone area from the fire.

To remove material which can catch fire to the extent possible from

fire prone area.

Evacuation of non-essential persons.

b) Medical Facilities/Treatment

The Plant will have a Health centre which is manned with trained male

nurse on continuous basis who can render medical first aid. Doctor

will visit two times a week for two hour each time. The Plant is

searching for a full time medical officer and will appoint as and when

available.



Depending on seriousness the injured person shall be shifted to any

other hospital.

Vehicle will be available round the clock for transportation. Ambulance

will be also made available in the campus on regular basis.

c) In the event of Fatal Accidents

The information shall be given to following authorities:

Inspector of Police

Inspector of Factories

Mamlatdar

Corporate Office

Regd. Office

Insurance the plant

Regional Officer, SPCB

d) Emergency Siren

Emergency siren shall be blown for announcing the emergency which

shall have different sound for identification/differentiation than the

normally used for commencement of factory working etc.

Location of Siren Above Plant

Type of Siren Industrial Siren

Position of siren switch Located at Main Gate

e) Seeking help from neighboring industries/sources for fire engine

f) Advise for vacation of other areas

Since the effect of fire/gas emission shall be contained within the area

of the plant advice of vacation of other areas is not necessary.

7.23.1.3 Response Time-Minutes

Hazard Fire Fighting Police Medical Services

Fire &Explosion

Immediate with whateverfacilities available with the plant

10min.

10 minutes

External Help within 15 minutes

7.24 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.24.1 Need of the Site Emergency Plan

Depending upon the wind direction and velocity of the effects of accident

in factory may spread to outside its premises. To avert major disaster it

is essential to seek guidance/assistance of statutory authorities, police



and health department. The movement of traffic may have to be

restricted. Required information will be given to the authority and

consultation will be sought for remedial measures.

A purpose of the off-site emergency plan is:

To provide the local/district authorities, police, fire, brigade, doctors,

surrounding industries and public the basic information of risk and

environmental impact assessment and appraise them of the

consequences and the protection/prevention measures and to seek

their help to communicate with public in case of major emergency.

To assist district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan

for district or particular area and to organize rehearsals from time to

time and initiate corrective actions on experience.

7.24.2 Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan

Available with concerned authorities.

7.24.3 Role of the Factory Management

The site main controller will provide a copy of action plan to the statutory

authorities in order to facilitate preparedness of district/area off-site

emergency plan.

7.24.4 Role of Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO)

He will be a senior police or fire officer co-ordination with site main

controller. He will utilize emergency control centre.

7.24.5 Role of Local Authority

Preparation of Off Site Plan lies with local authorities. An emergency-

planning officer (EPO) works to obtain relevant information for preparing

basis for the plan and ensures that all those organization involved in

offsite emergency and to know their role and responsibilities.

7.24.6 Role of Fire Authorities

The fire authorities will take over the site responsibility from incident

controller after arrival. They will be familiarized with site of flammable

materials, water and foam applies points, fire-fighting equipment.

7.24.7 Role of the Police and Evacuation Authorities

Senior Police Officer designated, as emergency co-ordination officer shall

take over all control of an emergency. The duties include protection of

life, property and control of traffic movement.



Their functions include controlling standards, evacuating public and

identifying dead and dealing with casualties and informing relatives of

dead or injured. There may be separate authorities/agencies to carry out

evacuation and transportation work. Evacuation depends upon the nature

of accident, in case of fire only neighboring localities shall be alerted.

Whole areas have to be evacuated in case of toxic release.

7.24.8 Role of Health Authorities

After assessing the extent of effect caused to a person the health

authorities will treat them.

7.24.9 Role of Mutual Aid Agencies

Various types of mutual aid available from the surrounding factories and

other agencies will be utilized.

7.24.10 Role of Factory Inspectorate

In the event of an accident, the Factory Inspector will assist the District

Emergency Authority for information and helping in getting Neighbouring

Industries/mutual aid from surrounding factories. Factory Inspector may

wish to ensure that the affected areas are rehabilitated safely.

7.25 MOCK DRILLS AND RECORDS

7.25.1 Need of Rehearsal & Training

Regular training and rehearsal program of emergency procedures shall be

conducted with elaborate discussions and testing of action plan with mock

drill. If necessary, the co-operation/guidance of outside agencies will be

sought.

7.25.2 Some Check Points

The extent of realistic nature of incidents.

Adequate assessment of consequences of various incidents.

Availability of sufficient resources such as water, fire-fighting aids,

personnel.

The assessment of time scales.

Logical sequences of actions.

The involvement of key personnel in the preparation of plan.

At least 24 hours covers to take account of absences due to sickness

and holiday, minimum shift manning.



Satisfactory co-operation with local emergency services and district or

regional emergency planning offices.

7.25.3 Records and Updating the Plan

All records of various on-site and off-site emergency plans of the factory

will be useful alone with those of the factors by which statutory

authorities draw a detailed plan for the whole area/district. The records of

the activity will be updated regularly.

E. PUBLIC CONSULTATIONThe public hearing was conducted by GPCB on 02/11/2018 on the basis

of the draft EIA/EMP incorporating the Terms of References. Minutes of

Meeting of Public Hearing is attached as Annexure-XII. Time bond

action plan for implementation of points raised during public hearing

along with budgetary provision is given below.

Table 7.11 Summary of Public Hearing issues and time bound

action plan with Budgetary Provision

Issue BudgetaryProvision

Timeframe

Greenbelt development Rs 8 lakhs Already started; 200new samplings has beenplanted

Employment PP commits to give firstpriority to nearbyvillagers for jobs basedon their qualification.

New 65 persons will beemployed for expansion

Public Health and familywelfare

Rs 15 lakhs After getting EC

Rain water harvesting efforts Rs 15 lakhs After getting ECFire station, ITI traininginstitute and roads repairing(via industrial association).

Rs 20 lakhs After getting EC



Table 7.12 Points raised during public hearing and Time Bound Action Plan and Budgetary provision

Sr.No.

Name and

Address

Point Represented and/or

written submission

Replies by Concerned

Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

1. Name:

Sukhdevbhai

Chotabhai,

Village: Karakhadi

We have made oral and

write representations to

companies multiple times,

but they don’t listen to us.

We, Gram Panchayat

Members, have complained

multiple times to GPCB

about air pollution, but no

actions has been taken.

Groundwater nearby the

companies are

contaminated and so our

Karakhadi village’s

groundwater are also not

drinkable. No companies

are paying attention to

this. Due to toxic gas

emission, 1000 Neem,

Acacia, and Shamla trees

has been destroyed.

Company representative

replied that, for any good

or bad outcome of the

company, company

owner is responsible.

After that company

owner Pradip Choksi

assured that his

company will do the

production as per the

government norms and

there will be no

complaints related to

pollution from his

company to surrounding.

If there are any

complaints against his

company, it will be

resolved directly under

his supervision.

GPCB

representative

humbly requested

participants to

make specific

representation

related to this

particular

company’s public

hearing.

PP commits to do

the production as

per the government

norms and will treat

waste streams as

per the norms.

PP commits to

develop greenbelt in

the premises and

allocates Rs 8

lakhs for that.

The proposed

expansion will

create employment

for 65 persons

during operation

phase. PP commits

to give first priority

to nearby villagers

for jobs based on



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

Companies are not obeying

government regulations.

No companies are

developing greenbelt, and

doing tree plantation.

Injustice is also done to

our villagers in

employment. I am not only

talking about this

company, but talking about

all companies in this area.

I want to know who will

take responsibility for this.

their qualification.

2. Name:

Milindkumar

Hasmukhbhai

Patel,

Village: Dudhwada

Our water is contaminated

since 2014? How you will

resolve that? In Choksi

Colours Pvt Ltd report it

has been showed that

water is colorless. My

borewell is 300 m away

from the borewell and the


explained that, Choksi

Colours Pvt Ltd has taken

over this unit and after

that they have made

many improvements in

pollution control

measures. This company

--- PP commits to do

the production as

per the government


waste streams as

per the norms.



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

water is red. How it will be

resolved.

makes CPC blue so

wastewater has blue

color only. Additionally,

the product is insoluble

in water, so after

treatment the treated

wastewater becomes

colorless. So your water

being red is not due to

us. After expansion,

company will recycle

about 90% of treated

wastewater and

evaporate. About 23 KLD

of wastewater will be

sent to CETP via tankers.

We also do not discharge

in ECP canal. So even

indirectly we are not

agreeing with your

question.



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

These companies pumps

back wastewater in ground

and contaminates

groundwater.

In this regard, we would

like to clarify that no

such activities are done

by us. You are a local

person and you are free

to visit our plant

premises in this regard

any time. In the

presence of all you

people, GPCB, and

Collector sir’s presence

we openly invite you all,

right now, to visit the

plant premises. If you

find any such pump or

pits, we are ready to

immediately hut down

this plant.

3. Name: Jignesh

Patel

Gram Panchyat

The above representation

is made in self-interest.

According to him, colored

--- GPCB

representative

again made a

---



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

Member

Village: Karakhadi

water is coming from 500

away borewell, but he is

from Dudhwada. We,

Karakhadi Gram Panchyat

has done the survey and

we don’t have such

groundwater

contamination.

90% of employment is

given to Chokari, Mobha,

and other nearby villagers.

Considering the

employment of these

locals, do not make false

claim against this

company.

humble request to

participants to

make specific

representation

related to this

particular

company’s public

hearing.

Honorable Chairman

also requested to

not target any

particular caste in

specific and told to

make project

specific

representations.

4. Name: Jeevanbhai

Patel

Village: Dudhwada

In EIA report, water is

mentioned colorless. In

this area, many bore have

colored water. You should

show that in your report


explained that we have

collected water samples

from only 8 places as per

the MoEFCC guideline



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

and ask for permissions.

Later, by citing GPCB he

said that, if GPCB takes

responsibility that they

won’t allow pollution from

this unit, then he has no

objections against the

company.

and in those samples no

color was found.

However if you are aware

of borewells in which

color water is found

within study area, then

let us know. We will take

samples from there and

incorporate results of it

in final EIA report.

GPCB

representative

clarified that they

have no authority of

allowing or

opposing this unit.

GPCB is there to

facilitate villagers

representation to

Central Government

and they will take

final decision.

5. Name:

Bhupendrasinh

Mahida

Village: Chokari

This unit (Before Choksi

Colours) is a working unit

since last 15 years as

Saraswati Pigments.

Development of this area is

due to MLA Narendra

Mukhi of that time. This

area’s well living situation

--- --- The proposed

expansion will

create employment

for 65 persons

during operation

phase. PP commits


to nearby villagers



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

is due to industrialization.

In this unit, there are

about 70 workers of which

90% are local and after

expansion it will be 110. In

reference to before

mentioned issue that our

kids are only hired as

worker, as to become a

collector IAS is

requirement, for good jobs

education is a requirement.

So their argument is

baseless. We, Sarpanchs of

nearby 10 villages welcome

this unit’s expansion.

for jobs based on


6. Name: Jignesh

Thakorbhai Patel

Village: Karakhadi

He read submitted written

representation.

In addition, he mentioned Neighboring industry –

Reply of his written

representation is

included in the

proceedings.

Company allocates

Rs 15 lakhs for the

Public Health and

family welfare of

the surrounding



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

that, in our area health is

an issue. If health would

be good, industries will get

good personnel. We

request you to provide us

services of doctor for PHC

center.

Ami Parma’s owner said

that, his company have

full time doctor. He will

provide free services in

village, at afternoon 2-6

pm, and also will provide

free medicines as per

requirement.

area.

7. Name: Armanbhai

Tarjabhai Patel,

Ex-Sarpanch

Village: Karakhadi

Industries within 10 km

radius are reverse boring

wastewater, so in nearby

wells water is acidic and

red. I don’t want to go in

details about what are the

intentions behind this. But

I want promise from owner

of Choksi Colours that they

will not do reverse boring

or similar illegal activities.

Because if Choksi Colours

will do such, water coming


explained that main air

pollutant of Choksi

Colours is ammonia

which is generated from

reaction with urea.

Ammonia is not harmful

to agriculture and it is

converted into

ammonium sulfate,

which can be used as

fertilizer. In future, CPC

Green will be

--- PP commits that

they will not do

illegal activities

such as reverse

boring.



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

out will be Blue and

everybody will know. Prior

compaints are of red,

yellow colour.

Additionally added that in

past such programs were

done in village. Why this

time it is done at the

project site?

He requested company to

provide employment to

more eligible locals as

much as possible.

Company should take care

that no damage happens to

agriculture, and if such

damage happens, provide

compensation to farmers.

manufactured in which

chlorination will be done,

which has potential to do

harm to agriculture. But

on behalf of company

owner, I assure that

proper control measures

will be taken.

The proposed

expansion will

create employment

for 65 persons

during operation

phase. PP commits


to nearby villagers

for jobs based on


8. Name: Arvind

Padhiyar

Village: Mujpur

One day prior to public

hearing, public wide

advertisement by auto


clarified that, we have

done public wide

Company allocates

Rs 15 lakhs for the

rain water



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

rickshaw and television is

supposed to happen by

GPCB circular dated

23.11.2009. Such

advertisement has not

been done and rules have

been violated.

Provide information about

past owner’s (Saraswati

Pigment) closure notices,

showcause notices and

employee terminations.

advertisement by

publishing in newspaper.

After 3-4 days of

newspaper

advertisement, all

villages were provided

executive summary of

EIA report, and

advertisement by auto

rickshaw was also done.

So no rules have been

violated. Due to technical

issue we were not able to

advertise on television in

timely manner.

We don’t have records

about employee

termination of past

company. Information

about past notices will be

included in reply of your

harvesting efforts in

the nearby area.



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

Even after 15 years, ECP

Canal has not reached

Karakhadi and it is

supposed to reach

Nandesari. Explain why this

delay is being caused.

Have you ever tested how

much water goes in and

how much water comes

out.

According to ISO:10500

report, water of villages

tithor and chokari is not

drinkable.

written representation.

Issue of ECP Canal is not

related to our unit or

GPCB. Our water is not

being discharged in ECP

Canal, so this question is

not related to us directly

or indirectly.


explained that we also

say the same that in this

area water is not

drinkable as TDS and

chlorides are higher as

sea is closer. This is a

natural phenomenon and

this issue is faced by all

regions closer to sea.

Honorable Chairman

also instructed him

to ask questions

related to this

project and not to

target any

administrative or

government

department.



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

Company will be using

175000 lits. So how much

harvesting will be done?

As per CGWA guideline

we will do rain water

harvesting.

9. Name:

Ramanbhai

Shankarbhai

Patel,

Sarpanch

Village: Karakhadi

We support this company

and we request that

company starts working as

soon as possible.

--- --- ---

10. Name: Girishbhai

Parmar,

Village: Majatan

Majatan village is within 1

km, but still today no work

has been done under CSR.

Due to companies, our

agriculture is suffering,

too. I am requesting

company’s owner that they

give employment

opportunities to our village.


told him that, they would

like him to be the part of

company’s CSR planning.

So that his village can

benefit. Company

assured that they will do

needful.

--- Rs. 70 Lakhs are

earmarked towards

CER activities.

11. Name:

Uttamprakash

Govindbhai Patel,

Companies like ERM and

KADAM are active in this

area since last 4 years. In


also added that in the

efforts of remediation,

--- ---



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

Sarpanch

Village:

Dudhwada

addition, companies in

Dudhwada has given crores

of rupees for remediation

and remediation process is

ongoing. GPCB is also

active in this process.

In the matter of red water,

I request villagers to keep

patience and trust &

support government

efforts.

In regards of drinking

water, karakhadi and

dudhwada village

panchayats are very

active. In Sandha and

Chitral village, new

drinking water wells and

pipelines are in

commissioning. And efforts

for water of Zanor are also

companies are taking

responsibilities.



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

in process.

12. Name: Arjunsinh

Ganpatsinh

Padhiyar,

Village: Chokari

I welcome the project and

request the company that

they give permeant

employment and do not

employ on contract

system.

--- --- ---

13. Name:

Natwarsinh

Bhikhabhai

Padhiyar,

Village: Chokari

In this region water is an

issue. This company’s

water requirement will be

15 lakh liters. So they

should not depend on

groundwater, and instead

use water from nearby

Mahisagar river.

In other suggestions

mentioned that, if

company wishes to

compensate farmers then

they should make a

committee of Gram


clarified that, freshwater

requirement from

borewell will be 479

KL/day and the

remaining 1058 KL/day

will be recycled water.


welcomed his

suggestions and

mentioned that industrial

association is currently

working for fire station.

--- Company allocates

Rs 15 lakhs for the

rain water

harvesting efforts in

the nearby area.

Company will

allocate Rs 20

lakhs towards

industrial

association’s efforts

of fire station and



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

Panchayat and 4-5

villagers. In this area,

many chemical industries

are there. Keeping that in

consideration, I suggest

that companies build fire

station near Karakhadi

cross roads. Additionally,

companies should start an

ITI training college in this

area so that they can train

locals to their requirement.

Locals should be given

permanent employment

and fair daily wages as well

as bonus.

Local manpower is

required by companies,

too, so that they don’t

have to bring outsiders.

Company will bring the

proposal of ITI institute

to industrial association.

ITI training institute

and roads.

14. Name:

Balkeshkumar

Kantibhai Patel,

Village:

Dudhwada

In this Canal area, many

chemical industries are

there. Keeping in

consideration of future fire

hazard, he also suggested

Company will

allocate Rs 20

lakhs towards

industrial




Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

a nearby fire station.

He suggested GPCB that,

they should visit

companies and see

whether there has been

development of 33%

greenbelt or not.


replied that company is

committed to develop

greenbelt in 33% area.

GPCB

representative

welcomed his

suggestion and

asked project

proponent about

details of this

projects greenbelt.

of fire station and


and roads.

PP commits to

develop greenbelt in

the premises and

allocates Rs 8

lakhs for that.

15. Name:

Ramanbhai

Lallubhai

Padhiyar,

Village: Majatan

In nearby 1 km are of our

village, there are many pits

on the road, which causes

accidents. Speedbrakers at

distances are required to

slow down vehicles and to

avoid accidents.

Additionally, we want to

draw your attention that no

development has been

ever done by companies in

our village.


told him that, they would

like him to be the part of

company’s CSR planning,

too. So that his village

can benefit.

--- Company will

allocate Rs 20

lakhs towards

industrial


of fire station and


and roads.



Sr.No.

Name and

Address


written submission


Project Proponent

Replied given by

Concerned Officer

Time Bound Action

Plan proposed and

Budgetary provision

16. Name: Ratan

Soorsing Jadav

Village: Karakhadi

Due to industries red water

has reached to Jambusar.

One particular company is

discharging 50 lakh liters

into Canal every day. It

has reached to ocean.

We are not against this

company. We do not wish

that any company shuts

down. We desire

development of all. We

wish all to get employment

from this project.

--- --- PP commits that

they will not do

illegal activities

such as reverse

boring, will do

production as per

the government


waste streams as

per the norms.

The proposed

expansion will

create employment

for 65 persons

during operation

phase. PP commits


to nearby villagers

for jobs based on


17. Name: Narendra

Mukhi

Village: Karakhadi

He said that companies will

bring employment. It is a

crime for any company to

do pollution. But if

company is doing good

work then we all should

welcome them.

--- ---



F. SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT







Pigment Green–7. After expansion, total production capacity of the unit

will be 1400 MT/month.

The proposed expansion activities will be carried out in the existing plant

premises. Therefore, no displacement of person is envisaged. Unit will

provide employment opportunity to locally available skilled and un-skilled

labours at different level as per the requirement, which in turn result into

a positive impact on prevailing socio-economic environment. For the

proposed expansion, additional 65 nos. of workers will be employed.

Social Corporate Responsibilities

Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) refers to a company’s

duties to withdraw from damaging natural environments. These efforts

can range from donating money to non-profits to implementing

environmentally-friendly policies in the workplace. The group's CSR

activities are rooted in the knowledge that businesses have a duty to

enable all living beings to get a fair share of the planet's resources.

Survey Methodology

The survey aims to document the living conditions, level of socio-

economic development of the region and the socio-economic profile of

people in the core and buffer zones of the study area. The village level

data were collected from Censuses.

Study of Village Profile

This study includes village level survey of Population, Economics, Land

use Pattern, Employment pattern, Healthcare Facilities, Amenities for

Livelihood.

Sources of Information

As per the scope of present study, the information on the sociological

aspects like demography, human settlements, social aspects like SC & ST



population, literacy levels and economic aspects like occupational

structure of workers has been gathered and complied from secondary

sources viz. the District Census Statistical Handbook, 2011 as these

documents being comprehensive and authentic.

Socio Economic Survey within study area:

The Study area in 10 km radius has 39 villages including project site. The

total no. of household in the villages are 33599 and the total population is

160394 (52.38% men & 47.62% women).

1) Educational facility

Literacy is an important indicator for understanding the socio-economic

development of any area. 69.02% of are literate while literacy rate

among women & men is 61.08% & 76.24% respectively. Many villages of

the study area have no proper education facility and literacy rate is very

low especially in women. As per 2011 census, there are 2 pre-primary

school, there are 69 primary schools, 14 Secondary schools, 4 Senior

secondary school, 1 Degree College of Arts, Science & Commerce and 1

Vocational Training School /ITI in all 39 villages.

Keeping in view of the industrialization around these villages and there is

need of semi-skilled and skilled labor for the industrial units. Unit will

motivate educational activities by awarding meritorious school students in

SSC & HSC, science lab - equipment & books in libraries for schools, and

supports for sport & cultural competitions in schools. Unit will contribute

in Industrial association’s efforts to start a new ITI institute in this area.

54.95% of male population is part of main worker, while only 13.82% of

female population is a part of main workers. 5.27% of male workers are

marginal workers, while 13.44% of female workers are engaged in such

type of activities. 39.78% of male population and 72.74% of female

population are non-workers. Women bear larger losses in terms of

educational attainment, employment and wages. Thus, more focus will be

on Women Education considering the gap in literacy rate and employment

rate.



2) Health & Family welfare

39 villages in the study area have 2 Community Health Centre, 5 Primary

Health Centre, 20 Primary Health Sub Centre, 7 Maternity and Child

Welfare Centre, 2 T.B. Clinic, 1 Hospital-Allopathic, 1 Hospital-Alternative

Medicine, 5 Dispensary, 2 Veterinary Hospital, 3 Mobile Health Clinic, 1

Family Welfare Centre in study area of 10 km. Unit will contribute in

nearby PHC and health checkup camps organized by different agencies by

providing man, medicine, and money.

3) Preservation of Environment and Sustainable Development

For Preservation of Environment, unit will promote tree plantation in

surrounding villages. Unit will promote uses of non-conventional source of

energy i.e. solar power. Additionally, unit will raise awareness and

promote and contribute in rain water harvesting efforts in nearby villages.

Details of expenditure for CER activities:

Cost of the proposed expansion project : Rs. 28 Crores

Minimum Expenditure towards CER : Rs. 28 Lakhs

(1% of the expansion cost)

Proposed Expenditure towards CER : Rs. 70 Lakhs

(2.5% of the expansion cost)

Table 7.13 Detailed expenditure break-up for CER activities

Sr.

No.

Activities Years (Rs. in Lakhs) TotalBudget(Rs. inLakhs)

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

1 Educational activities 0.25 0.5 1 1.25 2 5

2 Drinking water and sanitationfacilities

0.5 1 1.25 2 2.25 7

3 Public Health and familywelfare

0.75 1.5 3 3.75 6 15

4 Preservation of Environment,rain water harvesting& tree plantation

2 4 5 6 6 23

5 Fire station, ITI traininginstitute, and road repairing

3 3 4 5 5 20

Total 6.5 10 14.25 18 21.25 70



Chapter-8Project Benefits

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Project benefit focus on those points which will become beneficial to the

surrounding area or community in terms of infrastructural development,

social development, employment and other tangible benefits due to the

project. Proposed expansion project of Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-

II) has a potential for employment of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled

employees during construction phase as well as operational phase among

other benefits.

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) has proposed to expand manufacturing

capacity in the same plant premises at Survey No. 85/B, ECP Canal Road,

AT & P Karakhadi, Tal-Padra, Dist: Vadodara, Gujarat. Project will have

requirement of an additional infrastructure and so direct benefit of

infrastructures development is anticipated. The project proposes to

employ local people which will help to increase the income of local people

& improve their standard of living. The construction and commissioning

phase will require a substantial manpower and resources. Hence, with the

growth in the economic conditions, the project may lead to growth in the

social stature & improvement of the quality of life in the surrounding

area. It will also help in improvement in local amenities. Thus, the project

will have considerable indirect benefits to the public physical

infrastructures.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

In the construction phase, direct and indirect manpower will be involved.

The proposed manpower requirement during construction will be 30-40

personnel. During the operation phase, additional 65 nos. of skilled and

unskilled manpower will be required for proposed expansion activities,

thus employing a total of 100 personnel. Moreover, Choksi Colours will

provide first priority to local workers for the employment. Further, the

indirect employment via increased transportation, ancillary units & local

economic activities will also add in the employment potential of the



project. Thus, Choksi Colours will result in considerable benefits in terms

of employment.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

As mentioned above, the expansion project will have many employment

& trade opportunities with the inception of the construction activities.

Thus, these will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the

local people & businesses/contractors. Indirectly, the project will help the

Government by paying different taxes from time to time, which is a part

of revenue and thus will help in developing the area. Choksi Colours Pvt.

Ltd. (Unit-II) proposes to allocate Rs 70 Lakhs towards Corporate Social

Responsibility. The CSR activities planned by Choksi Colours will be

considerably beneficial to the surrounding area. These all together with

the economic benefits of the proposed project will result in further

benefits in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education

and on health facilities.

Detailed expenditure break-up for CER activities

Sr.No.

Activities Years (Rs. in Lakhs) TotalBudget(Rs. inLakhs)

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

1 Educational activities 0.25 0.5 1 1.25 2 52 Drinking water and

sanitation facilities0.5 1 1.25 2 2.25 7

3 Public Health and familywelfare

0.75 1.5 3 3.75 6 15

4 Preservation ofEnvironment,rain water harvesting& tree plantation

2 4 5 6 6 23

5 Fire station, ITI traininginstitute, and roadrepairing

3 3 4 5 5 20

Total 6.5 10 14.25 18 21.25 70



Chapter-9Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit

Analysis’ is applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping stage. As per

the ToR points issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide File No. J-

11011/179/2017-IA-II(I) dated 26th July, 2017; the Environmental

Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and hence has not been prepared.



Chapter-10Environment Management Plan

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Assessment of environmental and social impacts arising due to

implementation of the project activities is the technical heart of EIA

process. An equally essential element of this process is to develop

measures to eliminate, offset or reduce impacts to acceptable levels

during implementation and operation of projects. The integration of such

measures into project implementation and operation is supported by

clearly defining the environmental requirements within an Environment

Management Plan (EMP). The EMP of M/s. Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-

II) has been formulated considering all necessary mitigation measures to

prevent/minimize/eliminate environmental impacts associated with the

proposed activities. Choksi Colours being an existing unit, already has an

Environment Management Cell to keep a close watch on the performance

of the pollution control equipment, emissions from the sources and the

quality of surrounding environment in accordance with the monitoring

program. Thus, existing EMP will be modified/upgraded as per

requirement after the proposed expansion.

OBJECTIVE OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The EMP is prepared with the main objective of enlisting all the

requirements to ensure effective mitigation of adverse impacts for all the

components of the proposed project. The key objectives of the

Environment Management Plan are,

To limit/reduce the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse

impacts,

To treat all the pollutants i.e. liquid effluent, air emissions and

hazardous waste with adoption of adequate and efficient technology,

To reduce risk/hazards and design the disaster management plan,

and

To make budgetary provision and allocation of funds for environment

management system and for timely revision of budgetary provisions.



10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction phase results in temporary environmental pollution except

for the permanent change in local land use pattern & aesthetics in certain

cases. Such pollution is mainly due to site preparation, civil works,

transportation, storage & handling of construction materials, construction

worker’s sanitation etc. These are usually short-term impacts.

10.2.1 Air and Noise Environment

During construction work at Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II), air

pollution is expected in the form of increased suspended particulate

matter concentration. Installation work will generate noise and dust, but

it will be within working areas. To mitigate the adverse environment

impact due to the construction phase, following measures will be taken:

Regular sprinkling of the water will be carried out at least twice a day

along with the construction activities to reduce dust emissions,

Regular preventing maintenance of machinery and transportation

vehicles will be carried out to reduce vehicular emissions and noise

pollution,

Provision of silencer to modulate the noise generated by the machine,

if required, and

Provision of personal protective equipment such as earmuffs/earplugs

to workers working in noisy area.

10.2.2 Water Environment

During construction phase, existing water supply and sanitation facilities

will be utilized by construction workers, thus requiring no addition of

water/wastewater supply and treatment systems.

10.2.3 Socio-Economic Environment

The proposed manpower requirement during construction will be 30-40.

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) will give preference to local people

through both direct and indirect employment.

10.2.4 Health and Safety

Adequate existing rest area and sanitation facilities will be provided to the

construction workers. Unit will also supply potable water for the

construction workers. The safety department will supervise the safe

working of the contractor and their employees. Work spots will be



maintained clean, provided with optimum lighting and enough ventilation

to eliminate dust/fumes.

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING THE OPERATIONAL

PHASE

EMP proposed for implementation is detailed under the following heads:

Air Pollution Control

Wastewater Management

Solid/Hazardous Waste Management

Noise Management

Greenbelt Development

Occupational Safety and Health

Implementation of EMP and monitoring programme

10.3.1 Air Pollution Management

10.3.1.1 Source of Air Pollution and Control MeasuresAt present, flue gas emission is from stacks attached with boiler, Hot air

generator & Thermic Fluid Heater (TFH) and stand by D. G. Set (300

kVA). D. G. Set will be treated as standby & use in case of non-

availability of power and or emergency. After expansion, there will be

addition of flue gas stack of Boiler, Hot air generator & Thermic Fluid

Heater. Most probable pollutants will be SPM, SO2 and NOx. Multi cyclone

dust collector will be installed as APC to control flue gas related pollution.

Current process emission is from the process vessel of CPC blue. After

expansion, process emission will be from process vessel of CPC Blue,

Chlorination & dumping vessel of CPC green, process vessel of alpha blue

and spin flash dryers. Two stage water scrubber, alkali scrubber and bag

filters will be introduced as an APCM. The details of proposed stacks with

their APC measures & height are given in Table 2.8.

Measures to control fugitive emission

The fugitive pollutants of PM, VOCs & Acid mist are likely to emit from

process area. Unit will adopt following measures,

Adequate scrubbing system to absorb the process gas and

condensing systems,

Entire process will be carried out in closed reactors,

Pneumatically transfer of liquid raw material in rector,



Raw material will be stored in the covered structure,

Regular maintenance of valves, pipes etc,

PPEs will be provided to the workers, and

Frequent work area monitoring will be done ensure fugitive

emissions level.

10.3.1.2 Measures for Solvent RecoveryChoksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) will recover O-Nitrotoluene (ONT),

Xylene, and Monichlorobenzene (MCB) from different processes at the

rate of 95%-96%.

Process Step of Solvent Recovery

After completion of processes to desired conversion of raw materials to

products, the batch will be discharged into Horizontal Rotary Vacuum

Dryer (RVD), where solvent will be removed under vacuum. Recovered

solvent will be recycled in the next batch. Thus, there will be no

generation of spent solvent from the process which needs disposal. After

reusing the recover solvent, only make up (required balance quantity)

will be added in recovered solvent in next batch.

Reaction vessel shall have overhead condenser (primary and a vent

condenser). The primary condenser shall have the utility connection of

cooling water (32-37°C) and secondary condenser shall have utility

connection of chilled water (5-10°C) to recover maximum solvent vapour.

10.3.1.3 Odour Control PlanThere is no considerable odour issue because proposal is for pigment

project. However, all the solid raw materials shall be charged directly to

reactor through special air lock hopper against slight negative pressure

(in water column) so that minimize the fugitive emission which reduce

odour issue, if any.

All liquid raw materials are handled in drum shall be cooled down during

summer before charging so as to minimize its vapour pressure and

control of odour. Liquid from drums shall be charged in day tank or to

reactor with the help of FLP motorized barrel pump. Alternatively,

vacuum lock could also be used in day tank for transfer of liquid from

drum (pumping under vacuum). Proper Personal Protective Equipment



(PPEs) will be provided to the workers who are involved in handling

odorous materials.


At present, total water requirement (Industrial + Domestic + Greenbelt)

is 95.5 KLD. After expansion, it will be increased up to 1537 KLD; out of

which 479 KLD will be fresh water requirement & 1058 KLD will be

recycle/treated water (RO permeate & condensate from MEE). Current

and future source of fresh water is and will be Bore Well. The main source

of the industrial wastewater generation will be from process, washing &

utilities. Currently, unit is treating their wastewater up to CETP-EICL,

Umraya norms fixed by GPCB in in-house ETP. After proposed expansion,

Wastewater generated will be segregated into two streams, process

wastewater and utilities wastewater. Wastewater from process, washing,

scrubber and lab will be treated in ETP followed by RO. RO permeate will

be recycled and RO reject will be treated in MEE/ATFD setup. Effluent

from the utilities (cooling and boiler) will be treated in separate ETP

followed by RO; RO permeate will be recycled and RO reject will be sent

to CETP-EICL, Umraya for final disposal and treatment. Comprehensive

details on the wastewater treatment are provided in Chapter 2 (Water

consumption & wastewater generation in each category and Water

balance diagram is given in Table 2.5 and Figure 2.5, respectively).

10.3.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

Currently the main source of hazardous waste generation is used oil

discarded bags/containers/Liners, and spent carbon only. ETP sludge and

MEE salt will be disposed to approve TSDF site. Whereas discarded

drums/containers are reuse or in case of excess, disposed off by selling to

registered recyclers and used lubricating oil is sold to approve recycler.

Inorganic acid (H2SO4 and HCl), sodium hypo chlorite solution, and

halogenated compounds will be sold to the actual users. The unit has

provided isolated area with impervious flooring & roof cover for the

storage of hazardous waste. Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be

handled and disposed as per Hazardous & Other waste (Management and



Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Details of all hazardous waste

disposal are given comprehensively in Chapter 2 (Table 2.8).

Storage and Transportation of Solid/Hazardous Waste:

Proper Hazardous waste storage area with impervious flooring and

covered shed is provided for storage of solid/hazardous waste.

Entire quantity of the hazardous waste is stored in the isolated

hazardous waste storage area within premises having leachate

collection system and roof cover. The storage yard shall be properly

labeled for identification of wastes.

Hazardous waste shall not be stored for a period more than 90 days.

Records of the same shall be maintained and make them available for

inspection.

Properly packed & labeled waste shall be transported through

dedicated vehicle to authorized TSDF facility.

10.3.4 Noise Control

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) proposes following noise control

measures to minimize the impact of noise on the environment during the

operational phase,

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or

protective measures should be provided, if required (wherever noise

level is more than 90 dB (A)).

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried

out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

Use of PPE like ear plugs and ear muffs is made compulsory near the

high noise generating machines.

Moreover, the personnel shall be provided breaks in their working

hours, with the continuous exposure not increasing three hours.

The transportation contractor shall be informed to avoid unnecessary

speeding of the vehicles inside the premises.

Acoustic enclosure shall be provided for D.G. set and similar provisions

like noise attenuator wherever suitable/possible.

Areas with high noise levels will be identified and segregated where

possible and will include prominently displayed caution boards.



Adequate Greenbelt will be developed within industrial premises and

around the periphery to prevent the noise pollution.

Periodic monitoring of noise levels as per post-project monitoring plan

shall be done on regular basis.

By taking measures as mentioned above, it is anticipated that noise

levels in the plant will be maintained below the permissible limit.

10.3.5 Green Belt Development

Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures to control the

air pollution and noise pollution. It also causes aesthetics improvement of

the area as well as sustains and supports the biosphere. Choksi Colours

Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) will add to and dense existing greenbelt area to 5665

m2, which will tune around 33% of the project area. Additionally, the unit

will develop the greenbelt in areas available outside the plant.

Design of Green Belt

As far as possible, following guidelines will be considered in greenbelt

development.

The spacing between the trees will be maintained as per SPCB

guideline i.e. 1 tree/4 sqm.

Spaces, so that the trees may grow vertically and slightly increase

the effective height of the greenbelt.

Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation.

The short trees (< 10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows

(towards plant side) of the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height)

will be planted in the outer three rows (away from plant side).

Planting methodology

The plantation shall be done in pits. The pit shall be refilled with soil after

the planting. The sampling of healthy, nursery raised, seedlings in

polythene containers shall be transported in baskets. Planting shall be

done after first monsoon showers. The level of soil is about 10 cm above

of ground level. The soil around the plant shall be pressed to form a low

through. About 25 gm chemical fertilizers shall be added. Watering shall

be continued after plantation if any dry spells follows. Planted area shall

be inspected and mortality rate ensured for each species. The dead and

drying plant shall be replaced by fresh seedlings.



Selection of species for greenbelt

For the development of greenbelt, plants having simple big leaves and

native species are preferred to the plants. The plants are suitable for

greenbelt development based on gaseous exchange capacity of foliage

which is ascertained by the following characteristics:

The plant should be fast growing.

It should have thick canopy cover.

It should be perennial and evergreen.

It should have large leaf area index.

It should be indigenous.

It should be efficient in absorbing pollutants without significant effects

on plant growth.

The objectives of the industrial greenbelt are to improve the micro-

environment. The success depends on the type of land available and

selection of suitable tree species for pollution control. Selection of tree

species for industrial areas is influenced by the nature of industry. The

objective should be to ensure a green cover tolerating pollutant gases

and solid particulates present in the atmosphere. It is also advisable to

select suitable tree species and adopt simple techniques which require

minimum investment and care.

Plantation Programme

Plantation of trees in and around the company are meant mainly to

reduce air pollution caused by factory emissions, to absorb sound, to

prevent soil erosion and to maintain aesthetic value for healthy living.

Floral species recommended for greenbelt

Azadirachtaindica (Neem), Albizialebbeck (Siris), Pongamiapinnata

(Karanj), Ficusreligiosa (Peepal) are suggested for the greenbelt

development with respect to this particular area. They are mostly

deciduous and evergreen tree types suitable to be grown in the area.

Survival rate of trees and post plantation care

Considering the availability of water and general survey of surrounding

area, the survival rate is expected to be around 70-75%. Moreover, the

wire net guards will be provided to protect the saplings. The same will be

properly manured and watered so that it can grow well.



Protection of plantation site:

Protection from grazing will be done by erecting tree guards a rounded

planted sapling.

Though the tree suggested for plantation will require very less water,

however during the first year watering will be done twice in a day.

There after watering will be done twice in a week.

The manuring will be done when plantation take up. For this propose

cow dung will be dump in the pit. No other manuring will require for

proposed plantation. Cow dung is easily available in the study area.

Damaged plants will be replaced with new plants.

Strict surveillance will be made to increase the survival rate of the

trees.

10.3.6 Occupational Health & Safety Plan

To maintain high standard in Health, Safety and Environment, necessary

key mitigation measures & action plan as EMP has been suggested as

described below.

Post-employment health check-up programs will be carried out on

annually and all records & documents related with employee health

check-up program will be maintained.

As per RA report, all risk control & prevention measures in the unit will

be implemented.

Necessary PPEs, safety equipments/materials to ensure healthy & safe

work conditions will be provided to employees.

The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess

heating. Consequently, special requirements for protection against

heat stress are not anticipated. However, ventilation for heat

evacuation, suitable PPEs such as heat for occasional handling of

heated equipment or materials.

All employees will be provided with required set of PPEs like ear plug,

ear muff etc. where noise levels in excess of 80 dB(A) are regularly

generated.

It is recommend that Pre-employment health check-up programs shall

be carried out for every new employee and all records & documents



related with employee health check-up program shall be maintained

by the proponent.

Safety documents, procedures, guidelines along with MSDS shall be

provided to the associated/concerned personnel engaged in respective

operational activities.

Training programs & safety audit shall be done on regular basis to

prevent impacts of the operational activities on occupational health as

well as to improve workplace condition & safe work system.

The proponent shall ensure implementation of emergency

management plan with provision of fire-fighting equipment/facilities,

first aid & medical facilities, evacuation procedures etc.

Proponent shall also ensure proper implementation & functioning as

well as assess effectiveness of this safety & emergency system on

regular basis throughout the project operation phase.

Details of the separate isolated storage area:

Unit will provide isolated storage area for corrosive chemicals. Details of

storage are given in Table 7.1 of Chapter-7 of EIA report. All the raw

materials are stored in isolated storage area and containers are tightly

closed. The following precautions shall be taken to avoid foreseeable

accident like spillage, fire and explosion hazards and to minimize the

effect of any such accident and to combat the emergency at site level in

case of emergency.

Various emergency spots in plant area will be identified and kept in

sharp and alert watch.

Protective equipment will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Safety installations like available quantity of running water will be

regularly watched.

Fire bucket and hose reels will be provided to withstand the fire or

explosion conditions.

Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, water CO2

type, CO2 type) will be provided inside the factory premises.

Every pressure vessel will be provided with minimum one or more

pressure relief devices. The design of the valve is made in such a way



that the breakage of any part will not obstruct force discharge of the

liquid under pressure. Moreover, relief valves are tested and a periodic

schedule for their testing shall be maintained. The defective valves will

be removed if found unsafe for the operation.

Plans for Periodic Medical Checkup

Part time doctor is periodically visited the plant for health check-up of

each employee.

Pre-employment health check-up will be followed by periodical health

check-up with special attention to occupational health.

Medical records of each employee will be maintained in prescribed

format as per Factory Act.

The health check-up will be conducted as per the pre-designed format

which will include chest X-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision

Testing, ECG, Blood and urine test etc.

The work zone monitoring will be conducted on regular basis.

Monitoring of the Occupational Injury & It’s Impact on workers

The action plan will be prepared to monitor the injury to workers:

Each workplace will be evaluated for the existing work conditions.

Unsafe Act &unsafe Practices will be identified.

Unsafe equipment, unsafe areas, etc., will be identified.

Area will be checked for proper Ventilation and Illumination.

Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured and

records will be kept.

Evaluation of training & on the job work.

Impact of the above mentioned unsafe conditions on workers will be

studied and remedial measures for the same will be adopted.

10.4 POST-PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Post-project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should be as

per the guideline. The highlights of the integrated environmental

monitoring plan are:

The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and port-hole of all

the stacks maintained in good condition.

Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks &fugitive

emissions in the process areas.



The performance of air pollution control equipment such as cyclones

and scrubbers will be evaluated based on these monitoring results.

Water consumption in the unit recorded daily.

Analysis of untreated and treated effluent will be carried out regularly.

Performance of effluent treatment plant units evaluated based on

these analysis results.

As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of acoustic

hoods and other such noise reducing equipment. Regular noise level

monitoring carried out.

Green belt properly maintained and new plantation programmes

undertaken frequently.

Continued environmental awareness programmes carried out within

the employees and also in the surrounding villages.

Rain water harvesting ponds will be developed within the industrial

premises and encouraged in the surrounding villages too.

Table: 10.1 Environment Monitoring Plan

Nature ofAnalysis

Frequency ofanalysis with its

analyzer

Parameters No. of samples

Wastewateranalysis


pH, TDS, SS, COD,BOD, Oil & Grease,etc.

4-6 samples

Stack Monitoringof each stack



All stacks

Ambient AirQuality Monitoring

Monthly for 24 hoursor as per thestatutory conditionsby external agency


3-5 locations

Noise level Monthly as per thestatutory conditionsby external agency

Noise level 6-8 locations(Nr. Main gate, Nr.

boiler, Nr. D. G. Set,Process area etc.)

Work zone fugitivemonitoring


RPM, VOCs, acidmist

2-3 locations

Health check-up ofworkers

As per the statutoryguideline

All workers

10.4.1 Details of Work Place Air Quality Monitoring Plan

Work zone monitoring will be carried out by independent competent third

party every month. Records will be kept in Form No. 37 as per Gujarat

Factories Rules. Location for samplings will be identified. Following



information will be incorporated in the format for maintaining records of

work zone monitoring:

Location/Operation monitored

Identified contaminant

Sampling instrument used

Number of Samples

Range of contaminant concentration as measured in sample

Average concentration

TWA concentration of contaminant (As given in Second Schedule of

Factories Act)

Reference method used for analysis

Number of workers exposed at the location being monitored

Signature of the person taking samples

Other relevant details

10.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT BUDGET ALLOCATION

Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum earmarked for environment

pollution control measures by Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) will be as

under.

Table 10.2: Budget Allocation for Environment Management

Sr.No.

ParticularsCapital

Cost

RecurringCost perannum

(In Lakhs)1 Air Pollution Control 90 302 Water pollution Control 245 8003 Noise pollution Control 5 34 Solid/Hazardous waste management 30 655 Environment Monitoring and Management 5 86 Occupational Health 2 47 Green Belt Development Plan 8 88 Rain water harvesting system 15 7

Total 400 925



10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) has already set up separate

Environment Management Cell. The major duties & responsibilities of EMC

are as follows:

To implement the Environmental Management Plan

To ensure regular operation &maintenance of pollution control devices

To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations

To minimize environmental impacts of operations by strict adherence

to the EMP

To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule

Review & interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures

in case monitored results are above the specified limit

Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and

applicable environmental laws as ready reference

Maintain environmental related records

Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants and

monitoring laboratories

Maintaining log of public complaints and the action taken

10.6.1 Hierarchical Structure of Environmental Management Cell

The hierarchical structure is given below.

ETP in-charge

Safetyofficer

Senior Manager (HSE)

ETPOperator

Senior Vice President(EHS)

Manager

Executive

RO & MEEin-charge

FiremanRO & MEEoperator



10.6.2 Reporting System of Non-Compliances/Violations of

Environmental Norms

Record keeping and reporting of performance is an important management

tool for ensuring sustainable operation of the unit. Records are maintained

for regulatory, monitoring and operational issues. Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd.

(Unit-II) will develop reporting systems of non-compliances/ violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors.

The mechanism is summarized below:

1. Identify deviation/non-compliance/violation of environmental norms

as lay down in consent to operate and letter of Environmental

clearance. Record to communication/complain received from

plausible stake holder.

2. The EHS manager will identify deviation/non-compliance/violation

from failure to comply with statutory requirements.

3. Respond from EHS manager within reasonable time limit to concern

authorities with c/c mark to Technical head.

4. Technical head will take it in action and give necessary guideline to

comply this deviation/non-compliance/violation of environmental

norms. Parallel arrange budget for necessary action to comply the

condition.

5. Communication received from the EHS manager will be discussed in

technical management meeting.

6. Board discussion, Decision and Action

The chairperson will review the information available and take a

decision depending on the seriousness of the violation.

The decision will be taken to ensure the compliance of non-

compliance/violation of environmental norms and it’s safeguarded.

The decision will be taken by consensus and if no consensus is

arrived at, voting will be conducted.

Enlist measures that would undertake to ensure that deviations/

non-compliance/violations of Environmental norms and take care

not to occur same violation in future.



10.6.3 Framework for Continual Improvement of Environmental

Performance of Organization

10.7 RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND CLEANER PRODUCTION

Steps that are undertaken by the industry are given below:

RO permeate and MEE condensate will be reused to reduce fresh

water demand.

Housekeeping will be regularly maintained. Dedicated staff for the

purpose will be employed.

Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process and packaging are

to be separately collected and disposed of instead of allowing these

to effluent streams. This will reduce load to treatment and increase

the efficiency of treatment system.

Mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having

agitator for reduction of fugitive emissions and leakages.

10.8 ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME

Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and

cheapest way to reduce costs and be environmentally pro-active. The

conservation efforts would consist of the following:

Ensure proper selection fuel-firing equipments - Burners, mechanical

stokers, etc.

Reduce radiation losses from boilers, furnaces and auxiliary equip-

meant by improved thermal insulation. This will also improve the

working conditions within the building and eliminate unnecessary

ventilation,

EMPImplementation

Monitoring asper EMP

requirement

Internal andExternal Audits

Corrective andPreventive Actions

Review and revision of EMPbased on EnvironmentalPerformance EvaluationImprovement

Mitigationmeasures



Schedule process operations to avoid fluctuations in boiler loads,

Keep the heat transfer surfaces clean by preventing excessive scale

formation,

Pressure vessels should be designed with a length to diameter ratio

of roughly three as they are the most economical,

Maximize the use of natural lighting through design,

CFLs or LED lights are used in administration building and plant

premises,

Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for

energy conservation,

Maximize the use of laptop computers over desk top computers as

Laptops use less energy than desk tops and leave a smaller

environmental footprint at end of life,

Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum

energy used for desired comfort levels,

Recycling of water will be done, and

Training to staffs on methods of energy conservation.

10.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) refers to voluntary actions

undertaken by company/organization to either improve the living

conditions (economically, socially, environmentally) of local communities

or to reduce the negative effects of the project. Socio-economic

development activities is a concept of organization whereby organizations

serve the interests of society by taking responsibility for the impact of

their activities on customers, employees, shareholders, communities and

the environment in all aspects of their operations.

Following activities will be under taken as a part of CSR under

different heads:

Education

Awarding meritorious school students in SSC & HSC

Science Lab - Equipment & books in libraries for schools

Supports for sport & cultural competitions in schools



Health and family welfare

Malaria eradication camps (collection of blood sample & detection of

virus & free medicine distribution, blood donation camp)

General Health camp for men, women & kids

Contribution towards primary Health Services depending on local

needs.

Preservation of the Environment and to Sustainable Development

Water harvesting systems in nearby villages.

Landscaping and greenbelt development in & around the project site.

Provide sanitation facilities to villagers.

Others

Contribute in Industrial association’s efforts to build Fire station, start

ITI training institute, and road repairing

Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) proposes to allocate Rs 70 Lakhs

towards Corporate Social Responsibility.

Table: 10.3 Budgetary Provisions for the Social Upliftment

Sr.No.

Activities Total Budget(Rs. in Lakhs)

1 Educational activities 52 Drinking water and sanitation facilities 73 Public Health and family welfare 154 Preservation of Environment, rain water

harvesting & tree plantation23

5 Fire station, ITI training institute, and roadrepairing

20

Total 70



Chapter-11

Summary & Conclusion

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

11.1.1 General Introduction







Pigment Green–7. So after expansion, total production capacity of the

unit will be 1400 MT/month.

11.1.2 Brief project description

Name of the Project Choksi Colours Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II)

Existing production capacity 100 MT/month

Total production capacity

after expansion

1400 MT/month

Expansion project cost Rs. 28 crores

Manpower requirement About 100 persons

(existing 35; proposed 65)

Location

Survey No. Survey No. 85/B

Village Karakhadi

Tehsil & District Padra, Vadodara

State Gujarat

Area 17165 m2

Nearest





National Park/ Wildlife

Sanctuary

None, within 10 km radius

Total after expansion

Power Requirement 750 kVA, Source: MGVCL

Water Requirement Total: 1537 KLD;

Fresh water: 479 KLD;

Source of raw water: Bore well



Wastewater Generation Industrial: 1075 KLD

Domestic: 25 KLD

Fuel Requirement LDO: 125 MT/Month;

Coal/ Agro waste : 1010 MT/Month;

Diesel for D.G. Set: 75 lit/hr.

Source of Air Emission Existing: Steam Boiler, Hot Air generator,

TFH, Process Vessel of CPC Blue, D. G. set.

Proposed: Boiler, Hot Air Generator and TFH,

Process vessel of CPC Blue, alpha blue and

chlorination & dumping vessel of CPC green

and spin flash dryer.

Haz. Waste Generation ETP Waste, MEE Salt, Discarded Containers/Barrels/Liners, Used Lubricating

Oil, Inorganic acid (H2SO4), Inorganic acid (HCl), Sodium hypo chlorite solution, Halogenated compounds (Aluminium chloride).

11.1.3 Investment of the project

Total cost of the existing project is Rs. 14.0 crores. Estimated cost of the

proposed expansion will be around Rs. 28.0 crores. Out of this, Rs. 4

crores will be earmarked as capital investment for additional EMS and Rs.

9.25 crores will be recurring/operating cost per annum.

11.1.4 List of products

Product details with its capacity are given in table below.

Sr.

No.

List of Products Existing

capacity

MTPM

Proposed

addition

MTPM

Total

Capacity

MTPM

1. CPC Blue Crude 100 500 600

2. Pigment Alpha Blue 00 200 200

3. Pigment Beta Blue 00 250 250

4. Activated Crude Blue 00 250 250

5. Pigment Green – 7 00 100 100

Total 100 1300 1400

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

11.2.1 Baseline Environmental Study

To predict the impact of the project on the surrounding environment, the

current baseline environmental status was studied by collecting the data

and carrying out monitoring during Oct, 2017 to Dec, 2017 in the study

area of 10 km radius from project site as per the TOR.



11.2.2 Air Environment

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at 8 AAQM locations,

with a frequency of twice a week, to assess the existing sub-regional air

quality status during the period of Oct, 2017 to Dec, 2017.

Respirable Dust Sampler & Fine Particular Sampler along with the

analytical methods, prescribed by CPCB was used for carrying out air

quality monitoring. At all these sampling locations; PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and

NOx were monitored on 24-hourly basis to enable the comparison with

ambient air quality standards prescribed by the CPCB. The data on

concentrations of various pollutants were processed for different

statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation, minimum

and maximum concentration and various percentile values.

The results are summarized below:

Particulate Matter (PM10) An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM10 values at all the

locations varied between 69.2 - 79.5 g/m3 and 72.8 - 89.1 g/m3, which

are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 100 g/m3.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM2.5 values at all the

locations varied between 33.6 - 39.8 g/m3 and 40.1 - 58.5 g/m3, which

are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 60 g/m3.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value of arithmetic

mean at all the locations ranged between 12.4 – 14.1 g/m3 and 14.4 –

16.9 g/m3 respectively, which are well within the stipulated standards of

80 g/m3.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly NOx value of arithmetic

mean at all the locations ranged between 14.5-16.2 g/m3 and 16.5-19.5

g/m3 respectively, which are much lower than the standards stipulated

by CPCB, i.e. 80 g/m3.

Conclusion:

The quality of ambient air in the study area is compared with AAQM

Standards prescribed by CPCB & found below the prescribed standards.




Eight surface water & eight ground water samples were collected during

the study period.

Surface Water Quality

Surface water samples were collected from Mahi river and ponds of

Gametha, Abhol, Muval, Gajana, Piludra, Masar, Vadu. Results of the

same are given in Chapter-3 of EIA report.

Conclusion:

It was observed that, results of all the physico-chemical parameters and

heavy metals except turbidity from surface water samples are below

stipulated drinking water standards IS: 10500-2012 & it is suitable for

domestic purposes after filtration.

Ground Water Quality

Ground water samples have been collected from project site, Karakhadi,

Dudhwada, Gametha, Tithor, Muval, Chokari and Dabka villages.

The summary of the analysis is as below:

Color: All the samples were found colorless.

pH: All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.25-

7.7).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in samples ranges from 1298 mg/L

(Muval) to 3118 mg/L (Tithor). Samples of Karkhadi, Dudhvada, Tithor,

and Chokari does not meet the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L TDS.

Calcium: Calcium contents in the water ranges from 47 mg/L (Muval) to

95 mg/L (Dudhvada), all the samples meet the permissible limit of 200

mg/L, (Permissible Limit in the Absence of Alternate Source).

Magnesium: Magnesium content in the water ranges from 40 mg/L

(Muval) to 79 mg/L (Dudhvada). All the samples meet the permissible

limit of 100 mg/L (Permissible Limit in the Absence of Alternate Source).

Sulfate: Sulfate content in the water ranges from 78 mg/L (Muval) to

174 mg/L (Dudhvada). All the samples meet the permissible limit of 400

mg/L for drinking water (Permissible Limit in the Absence of Alternate

Source).



Fluoride: Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.49 mg/L (Dabka)

to 0.81 mg/L (Muval). All the samples meet the permissible limit (1.5

mg/L).

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 328

mg/L (Dabka) to 385 mg/L (Muval). All the samples are within the

permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L) (Permissible Limit in the

Absence of Alternate Source).

Other Parameters: Potassium (ranges from 71 mg/L to 116 mg/L),

Sodium (ranges from 385 mg/L to 981 mg/L) and Chloride (ranges from

618 mg/L to 1619 mg/L). Samples of Karkhadi, Dudhvada, Tithor, and

Chokari does not meet the permissible limit of 1000 mg/L Chlorides.

Heavy metals like copper, lead, chromium and zinc are well below the

limit in all samples.

Conclusions:

Ground water samples from villages - Karkhadi, Dudhvada, Tithor, and

Chokari do not meet the permissible limit set by the authority (BIS).

Therefore, ground water of Karkhadi, Dudhvada, Tithor, and Chokari may

not be considered fit for drinking purpose.

CPCB report – “Report on Groundwater Pollution in Luna, Dudhwada,

Piludara area near Vadodara, Gujarat” Published on July 2016 has

reported Groundwater Pollution in this area. Village Dudhvada (mentioned

in the CPCB report) falls within the study area of 10-km radius. The

report is attached herewith in Annexure-XII (Page no: A-128).

11.2.4 Noise Environment

Noise monitoring has been conducted at eight locations in the study area.

The Leq (Ld) values of noise levels during day-time varied from 51.9 to

60.4 dB(A) and the night time Leq (Ln) varied from 40.1 to 54.1 dB(A)

within the study area. Higher noise value of 60.4 dB (A) was recorded

during day time at project site & lower noise value of 40.1 dB(A) was

recorded during night time in Chokari Village.

11.2.5 Soil Quality

Soil samples were collected from 8 different locations and analyzed to

assess the soil quality prevailing in the study area. Physical

characteristics of soil have been delineated through specific parameters,



viz. particle size distribution (grain size analysis), porosity, water holding

capacity and permeability whereas data for chemical characterization of

soil, viz. pH, electrical conductivity, cation exchange capacity and sodium

absorption ratio have been analyzed.

11.2.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Baseline data for flora & fauna has been collected with its family. It was

found that, none of the species of conservation importance exists in the

study area and no endangered species found in the study area.

11.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Socio-economic study includes description of demography, available basic

amenities like housing, health care services, transportation, education

facilities. Information on the above said parameters has been collected to

define the socio-economic profile of the study area (10-km radius).

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

Impact identification has been carried out for various activities involved in

construction as well as operational phase of the project and prediction

has been done for significant impacts. The summary of anticipated

adverse environmental impacts due to proposed expansion project and

mitigation measures is given below.

11.3.1 Summary of impacts on Air Environment:

(a) During construction phase & Mitigation measures

Main sources of impact during construction phase are due to movement

of vehicles & construction equipment at site, foundation works,

transportation of construction material etc. Water sprinkling in the vicinity

of the construction area will be done to control dust. PUC certified

vehicles will be used. Temporary barricades will be provided to reduce

spreading of particulates from construction area.

(b) During operation phase & Mitigation measures

Main source of air emission will be point source & fugitive emission. At

present, flue gas emission is from stack of Boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater,

Hot Air Generator, and D.G. set. After expansion, one boiler, one TFH and

one HAG will be installed wherein coal/agro waste will be used as fuel.

Current process gas emission is from process vessel of CPC Blue and after



expansion process vessel of CPC Blue and Alpha Blue, chlorination and

dumping vessel for CPC green and spin flash dryers (4 nos.) will be

installed. Emitted pollutants will be SPM, SO2, NOX, NH3, HCl, and Cl2.

Prediction of impacts on air environment is quantified using ISCST3

model. Maximum Ground level concentrations of 24-hr average for SPM,

SO2, NOx, NH3, HCl, and Cl2 from the proposed expansion activity are

6.921 g/m3, 2.743 g/m3, 1.549 g/m3, 4.515 g/m3, 0.179 g/m3, and

0.089 g/m3, respectively. These GLCs of SPM, SO2, NOx are expected to

occur at a distance of 1.0 km from the source in W direction & for NH3,

HCl, and Cl2 occur at a distance of 1.0 km from the source in N direction.

The obtained GLCs are well within the 24-hourly ambient air quality

standards stipulated by CPCB.

Due to use of coal/agro waste multi cyclone dust collector is and will be

used as APCM. For control of process emissions from process vessels two

stage water scrubbers, alkali scrubber; and from spin flash dryer, bag

filters will be used as APCM. Adequate stack height and facility for

sampling such as ladder & sampling point is and will be provided as per

the SPCB guidelines for proper dispersion of pollutants.

11.3.2 Summary of impacts on Water Environment

(a) Impacts during construction phase & Mitigation measures:

Temporary impacts are likely to occur due to water consumption &

sewage generation. It will not be significant as water requirement would

be temporary during construction phase. Proper sanitation facilities with

adequate disposal system are already exists within the operational plant.

(b) Impacts during operation phase & Mitigation measures:

Fresh water requirement of the unit is satisfied from own bore well. At

present, total water requirement is 95.5 KLD. After expansion; water

requirement will be increase up to 1537 KLD; Out of which, 479 KLD will

be fresh water requirement.

Total w/w generation will be 1100 KLD. Currently, the effluent is treated

in an adequate Effluent Treatment Plant having primary & tertiary

treatment units. After expansion, unit will modify its existing treatment

scheme. Wastewater from process, washing, scrubber and lab will be

treated in ETP followed by RO. RO permeate will be recycled and RO



reject will be treated in MEE/ATFD setup. Effluent from the utilities

(cooling and boiler) will be treated in separate ETP followed by RO; RO

permeate will be recycled and RO reject will be sent to CETP-EICL,

Umraya for final disposal and treatment. Hence, no impact on the water

environment is envisaged.

11.3.3 Impacts on Noise quality & Mitigation measures


During construction phase, major sources of noise are vehicle’s

movement & construction activities. High noise producing activities will be

restricted to daytime only. Well maintained equipment will be used to

prevent noise generation. Usage of PPE by workers & proper maintenance

of machineries will be done to reduce impact of noise.


During the operation phase, the noise levels may increase due to the

operation of boiler, reactors, D. G. set and other machineries. The impact

is found to be insignificant outside the premises. Unit will provide

necessary PPEs like earplugs or earmuffs to all workers where exposure is

85 dB (A) or more and selection of any new plant equipment will be made

with specification of low noise levels.

11.3.4 Summary of Impacts on Land Environment


The construction activities like excavation, leveling & vehicular

movements will change the landscape, which are expected to be of short

duration and insignificant. Preliminary activities like proper storage of

construction materials & proper management will be done within the

project area. Therefore, impact will be negligible. Unit will provide

sanitation facilities for the staff engaged in construction work which will

prevent the impacts on land.


Hazardous wastes have significant negative impacts if disposed

unsystematically. Unit has provided all required structural facilities like

separate hazardous waste storage room with RCC floor, leachate

collection system and concrete floors within premises. Entire quantity of

hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per Hazardous & Other



Waste (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Hence,

no significant negative impact is envisaged on the land environment.

11.3.5 Summary of impact on Socio Economy


As the proposed expansion will be in the existing unit, no R&R is required.

Local contractors to be employed for construction, so no other issues like,

social conflict are envisaged. Temporary employment generated during

construction of project will have beneficial impacts on economic

environment.


Expansion project will require about 65 additional persons for its

operation, which result into a positive impact on prevailing socio-

economic environment. Project will also have potential of indirect

employment due to the increase transportation activities, contractual

works as well as opportunity of trade. Thus, overall impacts on socio-

economic environment are long term and positive in nature.

11.3.6 Summary of impact on Ecology

Unit is under operation and proposed expansion will be done in the

existing premises only. There are no protected areas like National

Park/Wildlife Sanctuary within the 10 km radial periphery of the project

site so there will not be any significant impact on ecology.

11.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

The unit has a dedicated Environment Management Cell to monitor and

evaluate the environmental performance and to supervise the

environment management measures. Budgetary provision for

environment & safety management system has been made in the project

planning with additional Rs. 2.75 crores of capital cost and 1.50 crores

recurring cost per annum. Below Post-project monitoring programme will

be followed.

Environment Monitoring Program

Nature of Analysis Frequency of analysis with

its analyzer

Parameters

Wastewater analysis Monthly by external agency pH, TDS, SS, COD, Oil & Grease, etc.

Stack Monitoring of Monthly by external agency PM, SO2, NOX,



each stack NH3, HCl, Cl2

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Monthly for 24 hours or as per the statutory conditions

by external agency

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, NH3, HCl, Cl2

Noise level Monthly as per the statutory conditions by external agency

Nr. Main gate, Nr. boiler, Nr. D. G. Set, Process area etc.

Work zone fugitive

monitoring

Monthly by external agency RPM, acid mist, VOCs

Health check-up of workers

As per the statutory guideline All workers

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

11.5.1 Risk Assessment

Risk analysis and study have been carried out for identification of

accident hazards, selection of credible scenarios, Risk Mitigation

measures etc. All the hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled as

per MSDS guidelines. The detail study is prescribed in Chapter-7.

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS

Proposed expansion project has a potential for employment of skilled,

semi-skilled & unskilled employees. The direct employment potential after

proposed expansion is estimated as 65 additional persons and many

others will be indirectly employed. Indirectly, the proposed expansion will

help the Government by paying different taxes (sales tax, excise duty,

etc.) from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in

developing the area. The company has allocated a budget of 70 Lakhs for

CSR activities, which can lead to improve social infrastructure.

11.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

EMP includes the protection & mitigation measures to be implemented to

reduce the adverse impact on the environment. Management plan of

impacts identified is detailed below:

Air Pollution Management

Flue gas emission is/will be from boiler, thermic fluid heater and hot air

generator. Due to use of LDO and coal/agro waste as fuel, multi cyclone

dust collected is/will be used as an APCM. At present, process gas

emission is from the stack attached to process vessel of CPC blue. After

expansion, process gas emission will be from process vessels, dumping

and chlorination vessels and spin flash dryer. Two stage water scrubber,



alkali scrubber and bag filters will be introduced as an APCM. Appropriate

stack height and SMF is provided as per the guideline. To control the

fugitive emissions, unit will adopt following mitigation measures. • Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment will be

done to prevent leakages.

• Mechanical seals will be provided to all the reactors.

• Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive

emission.

Water Pollution Management

• Industrial wastewater from process, lab, scrubber and washing will be

treated in adequate in-house ETP(a) followed to RO-MEE.

• Utilities wastewater will be treated in ETP(b) & RO set-up; reject RO

water will be sent to CETP-EICL, Umraya.

• RO Permeate and condensate of MEE will be reused within premises.

• Sewage will be treated in STP. Treated water will be reused for

greenbelt development.

• Regular monitoring of working of ETP, RO & MEE.

• Unit will maintain the records for the total water consumption.

• Rain water harvesting structure will be installed outside the factory

premises.

Hazardous Waste Management


Hazardous & Other Waste (Management & Transboundary Movement)

Rules, 2016. Currently unit is disposing its ETP sludge at TSDF site. After

expansion, ETP sludge and MEE salt will be disposed to approve TSDF

site. Whereas discarded drums/containers are/will be reused and in case

of excess, disposed of by selling to registered recyclers. Used lubricating

oil is/will be sold to approve recyclers. HCl, sodium hypo chlorite, and

aluminum chloride will be sold to the actual users. The unit has provided

isolated area with impervious flooring for the storage of hazardous waste.

Thus, hazardous waste management system provided by the unit will be

adequate and there will not be any major impact on the environment due

to hazardous waste.



Noise Pollution Management

• Extensive oiling, lubrication and Regular maintenance will be carried

out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

• PPEs will be provided to the workers working in high noise area.

• Noise control equipments are provided for D.G. set.

• Greenbelt will be increased within industrial premises to prevent the

noise pollution.

• Periodic monitoring of noise levels will be done.

Green Belt Development

The unit will add to and dense existing greenbelt area to 5665 m2, which

will tune around 33% of the project area. Additionally, the unit will

develop the greenbelt in areas available outside the plant.

11.8 CONCLUSION

Based on the study it is concluded that-

There will be no major impact on water environment as (i) effluent

from lab, scrubber, process and washing will be treated in ETP(a)

followed by RO and MEE (ii) Utility wastewater will be treated in

ETP(b) followed by RO; RO reject will be sent to CETP-EICL,

Umraya. (iii) Domestic sewage will be treated in STP.

After expansion, new ETP-RO-MEE scheme is proposed for maximum

recycle/reuse purpose. Thus, reducing fresh water consumption

load.

Multi cyclone dust collector will be used as pollution control

equipments for control of flue gas emission.

Two stages water scrubber, Alkali scrubber and bag filter will be

installed as pollution control equipments for process emission from

the unit.

Fugitive emission will be controlled by close material handling

system and proper storage of materials.

For noise control, unit will provide necessary PPEs like earplugs or

earmuffs to all workers and selection of any new plant equipment

will be made with specification of low noise levels.



Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as

per Hazardous & Other Waste (Management & Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016.

Greenbelt will be developed in 33% of the total area.

Safety measures will be provided against Fire.

Direct and indirect employment opportunities will have positive

impact.



Chapter-12Disclosure of Consultant engaged

12.1 PREFACE

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (SEPL) has been appointed by Choksi Colours

Pvt. Ltd. (Unit-II) to carry out this Environmental Impact Assessment

Study as per the EIA notification, 2006 as amended till date.

SEPL is accredited as Category-A organization under the QCI-NABET

Scheme for accreditation of EIA consultant Organizations: Version 3 for

preparing EIA-EMP reports in 10 sectors (Annexure-I; Certificate No.

NABET/EIA/1619/RA0084; Valid till 23.12.2019).

12.2 DETAILS OF EIA CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. has started its work in 1990 to serve the

environment as a trustee of next generation with a small infrastructure

under the dynamic leadership of Dr. Mahendra Sadaria. SEPL has wide

spectrum of national and multinational clients covering the industries -

Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Dyes and Dye Intermediates, Pesticides,

Fertilizers, Chemicals, Cement, Mining, and Infrastructure. During last

two decades, SEPL has been taking care of client’s unique problems and

concerns in order to develop cost effective strategies to meet their

regulatory obligations. SEPL focuses on strategic planning and

comprehensive solutions to address both short and long term needs of

the clients.

SEPL has in-house multi-disciplinary analytical testing laboratory that is

MoEFCC approved under EP Act. SEPL is also a recognized schedule-II

Environmental Auditor appointed by Gujarat Pollution Control Board as

per the directives of the Honorable High Court of Gujarat. SEPL is also an

ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2008 and OHSAS 18001 certified company. SEPL

team consists of qualified & experienced personnel. Experts involved in

the preparation of this EIA/EMP report are given in EIA report as

‘declaration by experts’.